AGROFARM 85 100 Repair Manual

WORKSHOP MANUAL
Agrofarm 85
Agrofarm 100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 81 1
6/21/2007 4:31:21 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
0 - INTRODUCTION
0.1 - Introduction
0.1.1 - Safety notes
0.1.2 - General safety rules
0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations
0.1.4 - Lifting instructions
0.1.5 - Tightening torques
0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants
0.1.7 - Conversion factors
0-2
0-3
0-4
0-6
0-8
0-10
0-14
0-16
10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
10.1 - Transmission
10.1.1 - Transmission (Agrofarm 85)
10.1.3 - Rear. PTO
10.1.4 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and groundspeed PTO
10.2 - Front axle
10.2.1 - Front axle
10.3 - Hydraulic system
10.3.1 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 85)
10.3.3 - Steering circuit pump - directional control valve circuit
10.3.4 - Power steering
10.3.5 - Auxiliary services directional control valve
10.3.6 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 85)
10.3.8 - Braking system
10.3.9 - Separate-Brake valve
10.3.10 - Trailer braking valve
10.3.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly
10-2
10-2
10-10
10-18
10-23
10-25
10-25
10-28
10-28
10-34
10-39
10-41
10-42
10-43
10-47
10-51
10-52
10-57
10-60
20 - CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS

20.1 - Diagnostic instrument
20.1.1 - All Round Tester
20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the lift and engine control units
20.2 - Introduction to the tractor≈s electronic system
20.2.1 - Introduction to the tractors electronic system
20.3 - Putting the tractor into service
20.3.1 - Putting the tractor into service
20.4 - ECU alarms
20.4.1 - Instrument panel alarms
20-2
20-2
20-7
20-8
20-8
20-10
20-10
20-16
20-16
30 - METHOD
30.1 - Engine
30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02)
30-2
30-2
I
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8I I
6/21/2007 4:31:22 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01)
30.1.3 - Fan belt
30.1.4 - Tensioning the fan drive belt
30.1.5 - Alternator and fuel pump drive belt
30.1.6 - Alternator and fuel pump belt tensioning
30.2 - Engine accessories
30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor without front PTO (C0.01.01)
30.2.2 - RADIATOR - Tractor with front PTO (C0.01.01)
30.2.3 - Changing the coolant and flushing the circuit
30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01)
30.2.5 - Starter motor
30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.01)
30.3 - Transmission
30.3.1 - Parking brake
30.3.2 - Clutch plate
30.3.3 - Clutch thrust bearing
30.3.4 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85)
30.3.6 - Gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit (D0.09.03)
30.3.7 - Disassembly of gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit
30.3.8 - Gearbox support and gear selector rods
30.3.9 - Shuttle shaft
30.3.10 - Primary shaft
30.3.11 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 85)
30.3.13 - PTO output shaft (4 speed version)
30.3.14 - PTO output shaft disassembly (4 speed version)
30.3.16 - PTO output shaft disassembly (2 speed versions)
30.3.17 - PTO clutch
30.3.18 - PTO clutch disassembly
30.3.19 - PTO final shaft (2-speed version)
30.3.21 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft
30.3.22 - Groundspeed PTO engagement device
30.3.23 - Range and differential assembly - complete assembly
30.3.24 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 85)
30.3.26 - Four-wheel drive output shaft
30.3.27 - Differential - Bevel gear pair
30.3.28 - Range selector assembly
30.3.29 - Changing transmission oil (D0.00.01)
30.3.30 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear
30.3.31 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear
30.3.32 - 4WD engagement device
30-7
30-12
30-13
30-14
30-15
30-16
30-16
30-20
30-24
30-26
30-29
30-31
30-32
30-32
30-34
30-36
30-37
30-42
30-47
30-49
30-53
30-56
30-60
30-61
30-66
30-71
30-74
30-77
30-80
30-81
30-85
30-90
30-94
30-98
30-101
30-102
30-103
30-108
30-113
30-116
30-125
30-127
30-129
30-131
30-133
II
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8II II
6/21/2007 4:31:22 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
30.4 - Rear axle
30.4.1 - RH rear axle (E0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85)
30.4.2 - LH rear axle (E0.02.02) (Agrofarm 85)
30.4.3 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 85)
30.4.4 - RH rear axle (Agrofarm 100)
30.4.5 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 85)
30.4.6 - LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100)
30.4.9 - Rear differential
30.4.10 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
30.4.12 - Rear axle brake discs
30.4.13 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 85)
30.5 - Front axle
30.5.1 - Front carrier (F0.01.01)
30.5.2 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01)
30.5.3 - Adjusting the front axle end float
30.5.4 - Steering cylinders
30.5.5 - Steering cylinders disassembly
30.5.6 - Final drive reduction unit
30.5.7 - Final drive reduction unit disassembly
30.5.8 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft
30.5.10 - Differential unit
30.5.11 - Differential disassembly
30.5.12 - Differential unit adjustment
30.5.13 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 85)
30.5.14 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
30.5.15 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
30.5.19 - Front brake discs
30.5.20 - Front axle brake piston
30.5.21 - 4WD shaft
30.6 - Bodywork - Cab - Platform
30.6.1 - Cab (G0.03.01)
30.6.2 - Front hoods (G0.01.01)
30.6.3 - Fenders
30.6.4 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04)
30.6.5 - Air conditioning
30.6.6 - Compressor
30.6.7 - Clutch master cylinder
30.6.8 - Clutch piston
30-136
30-136
30-139
30-143
30-148
30-152
30-154
30-158
30-164
30-166
30-169
30-172
30-175
30-176
30-178
30-180
30-180
30-184
30-186
30-189
30-191
30-195
30-197
30-203
30-209
30-212
30-214
30-217
30-221
30-226
30-236
30-238
30-243
30-253
30-255
30-256
30-257
30-260
30-260
30-268
30-270
30-271
30-274
30-277
30-278
30-281
III
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8III III
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
30.6.9 - Clutch control circuit
30.6.10 - Brake master cylinders
30.6.11 - Control levers (Agrofarm 85)
30.7 - Hydraulic system
30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services
30.7.2 - Power steering (H0.02.01)
30.7.3 - Pressure relief valve setting:
30.7.4 - Power steering disassembly
30.7.5 - Power steering pump
30.7.6 - Rear 4-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 85)
30.7.8 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 85)
30.8 - Front PTO
30.8.1 - Front PTO
30.8.2 - PTO assembly.
30.8.3 - Pump assy
30.8.4 - Clutch-brake assembly
30.8.5 - Solenoid valve assy
30.9 - Front lift
30.9.1 - Front lift
30.9.2 - Lift cylinders
30.10 - Rear lift
30.10.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 85)
30.10.2 - Lift disassembly - complete assembly (Agrofarm 85)
30.10.4 - Lift disassembly - Complete assembly (Agrofarm 100)
30.10.5 - Lift cylinder (Agrofarm 100)
30.10.6 - Bushes (Agrofarm 100)
30.10.8 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
30.10.10 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 85)
30.10.11 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 85)
30.10.14 - 3-point linkage
30.11 - Wheels
30.11.1 - Front wheels (S0.01.01)
30.11.2 - Rear wheels (S0.02.01)
30.12 - Ballast - Towing hitches
30.12.1 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 85)
30-282
30-283
30-285
30-289
30-294
30-294
30-296
30-298
30-299
30-316
30-318
30-320
30-324
30-326
30-329
30-331
30-331
30-336
30-347
30-349
30-356
30-357
30-357
30-359
30-363
30-363
30-366
30-371
30-375
30-380
30-382
30-383
30-384
30-390
30-396
30-397
30-399
30-400
30-402
30-404
30-404
30-405
30-406
30-406
30-407
IV
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8IV IV
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
40 - WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.1 - Introduction
40.1.1 - Structure of the unit
40.1.2 - Wiring and components index
40.2 - Components
40.2.1 - Components
40.3 - Systems
40.3.1 - Earthing points
40.3.2 - Starting and pre-heating
40.3.3 - Lights selector - Tractor with cab
40.3.4 - Lights selector - Tractor with platform
40.3.5 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with standard cab
40.3.6 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.3.7 - Instrument panel
40.3.8 - Worklights - Tractor with standard cab
40.3.9 - Wipers - Tractor with standard cab
40.3.10 - Heating system - Tractor with standard cab
40.3.11 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with standard cab
40.3.12 - Worklights - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.3.13 - Wipers - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.3.14 - Heating system - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.3.15 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.3.16 - Transmission
40.3.17 - PTO
40.3.18 - Brakes
40.3.19 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
40.4 - Wiring looms
40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring - 0.014.8107.4/20
40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring connector positions
40.4.3 - Engine wiring - version with front battery - 0.014.8629.4/20
40.4.4 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with front battery
40.4.5 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery - 0.015.1597.4/10
40.4.6 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with lateral battery
40.4.7 - Battery wiring loom - 0.014.8806.4/20
40.4.8 - Battery wiring connector positions
40.4.9 - Preheating wiring loom - 0.014.9195.4/20
40.4.10 - Pre-heating wiring connector positions
40.4.11 - Power supply wiring - 0.015.1983.4/10
40.4.12 - Power supply wiring connector positions
40.4.13 - Instrument panel wiring - 0.014.8628.4/20
40.4.14 - Instrument panel wiring connector positions
40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.8630.4/20
40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wiring connector positions
40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.9193.4/20
40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wiring connector positions
40-2
40-2
40-8
40-22
40-22
40-33
40-33
40-35
40-37
40-39
40-41
40-43
40-45
40-47
40-49
40-51
40-53
40-55
40-57
40-59
40-61
40-63
40-65
40-67
40-69
40-70
40-70
40-71
40-73
40-74
40-77
40-78
40-81
40-82
40-86
40-87
40-89
40-90
40-93
40-97
40-101
40-102
40-104
40-105
V
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8V V
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
40.4.19 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.014.9375.4/20
40.4.20 - Power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.21 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7850.4/50
40.4.22 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.23 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2147.2
40.4.24 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.25 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2
40.4.26 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.27 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20
40.4.28 - Air conditioner exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.29 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7851.4/50
40.4.30 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.31 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.015.1435.4/10
40.4.32 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3
40.4.34 - Windscreen wiper connector positions wiring - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.011.0729.4/10
40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
40.4.37 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.014.9376.4/10
40.4.38 - Cab power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.4.39 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3606.4/50
40.4.40 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.4.41 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2554.2
40.4.42 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.4.43 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2560.0
40.4.44 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.4.45 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3610.3/20
40.4.46 - Air conditioning exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility
cab
40.4.47 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3595.3/10
40.4.48 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.4.49 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.015.1437.4/10
40.4.50 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.4.51 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3
40.4.52 - Windscreen wiper wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with highvisibility cab - 0.011.3596.3/40
40.4.54 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring connector positions
- Tractor with high-visibility cab
40.4.55 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab - 0.010.8189.3/40
40.4.56 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab
40.4.57 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab - 0441.1923.4
40.4.58 - Lower front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab
40.4.59 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform - 0.015.3094.4
40.4.60 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform
40.4.61 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform - 0.014.9281.4
40-107
40-108
40-110
40-112
40-115
40-116
40-118
40-119
40-121
40-122
40-124
40-126
40-128
40-130
40-132
40-133
40-135
40-137
40-139
40-140
40-142
40-145
40-147
40-149
40-151
40-153
40-155
40-156
40-158
40-159
40-161
40-162
40-166
40-167
40-169
40-171
40-173
40-174
40-177
40-178
40-180
40-182
40-184
VI
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VI VI
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
40.4.62 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform
40.4.63 - Rotating beacon wiring - 0.012.9909.4
40.4.64 - Position of rotary beacon wiring connectors
40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10
40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring connector positions
40-186
40-188
40-189
40-191
40-192
VII
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VII VII
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
VIII
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VIII VIII
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
0 - INTRODUCTION
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-1 0-1
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION
0.1 - INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this workshop manual is to provide instruction for repair technicians and a practical guide to improving the quality
of repairs. This manual enables repair technicians to acquire a thorough knowledge of the machine, indicating the correct methods
for fault diagnosis, for working in safety and for accurate dimensional checks and visual inspections. The instructions also indicate
the products to use, the tightening torques and the adjustment data. The technical material contained in this manual is reserved to
Authorised Dealers and Service Centres who will be duly informed of any technical changes to the machines in question through the
issue of documents regarding modifications, updates and supplements for optional equipment. All technicians and their colleagues
are expressly forbidden from reproducing any part of this manual in any form or from communicating the contents to third parties
without the express written permission of the Manufacturer, who remains the sole owner of this document with all rights reserved in
accordance with applicable laws.
0-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-2 0-2
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION
0.1.1 - Safety notes
To ensure that machines entrusted to Authorised Service Centres for repair or overhaul continue to function correctly, it is very
important that all repair work is carried out in the prescribed manner. The procedures for checks and repairs indicated in this manual
are safe and effective. Some of the operations described require the use of special tools and equipment; these tools have been
specifally designed for the intended purpose and may be ordered directly from the Manufacturers. DO NOT USE MAKESHIFT
TOOLS; not only is there a risk of personal injury, but such tools are rarely suited to the purpose for which they are used. In potentially
hazardous situations, always give priority to personal safety and take the necessary actions to eliminate the danger
0-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-3 0-3
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION
0.1.2 - General safety rules
Even if you have a thorough knowledge of the machine as regards its components, operation and controls, always take
special care when carrying out the following operations; Remember that the machine you are working on is in need of repair
or overhaul and consequently may not always behave as expected.
Before starting work, clean the tractor thoroughly to remove all mud, dust and road dirt. Also clean the cab to remove all traces
of oil, snow and ice from the access steps and grab rails.
When climbing up to or down from the cab, always ensure you maintain three points of contact at a time (foot or handholds)
in order to keep your balance and prevent accidental falls.
Always take special care when carrying out fault diagnosis operations; these operations often require two persons, who must
never stand in front of the wheels when the engine is running.
When carrying out checks and repairs, wear close-fitting clothing, safety goggles and protective gloves that are suitable for
the task (cleaning, draining fluids, repairs). When working near moving parts, long hair should be gathered up and tied back
safely under a cap to prevent the risk of entanglement and severe injury.
Do not allow anyone who is not directly involved in the work to come near the tractor; ensure that they remain at a safe
distance.
Keep well clear of moving parts; when the engine is running, some moving parts are not easily visible and therefore present a
risk of entanglement, even if protected by safety guards.
Ensure that the area is well ventilated before starting the engine in order to avoid the formation of dangerous concentrations
of toxic gases; always connect suitable fume extraction equipment to the exhaust pipe.
Do not start the engine with the safety guards removed under any circumstances; all repair and adjustment operations must
be carried out with the engine stopped.
Do not top up fuel, oil or coolant levels when the engine is running.
Never smoke and ensure there are no naked flames nearby when topping up fuel or oil. Always remove the battery from the
machine before recharging.
Before checking or removing the battery, stop the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
Remove the battery and recharge in a well-ventilated area where the temperature exceeds 0C.
When checking or recharging the battery, do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity as the hydrogen gas given off by
the battery is highly explosive.
The liquid (electrolyte) contained in the battery is very harmful if it comes into contact with the skin and the eyes; for this
reason, always wear gloves and safety goggles with side shields when checking or topping up the battery. Should any
electrolyte accidentally come into contact with your skin, wash the affected areas immediately with plenty of fresh water; if
electrolyte comes into contact with your clothing, this should be removed as soon as possible. In case of accidental ingestion
of electrolyte, drink copious amounts of water, milk or vegetable oil and take antacids such as magnesium, bicarbonate, etc.
and seek medical attention immediately.
Before working on the electrical systems, always disconnect the battery terminals.
DANGER
Always disconnect the negative lead (--) before the positive lead (+); when re-connecting the battery on completion
of the work, first connect the positive terminal (+) and then the negative (--).
Before carrying out any arc welding (permitted only on implements attached to the machine) always disconnect the battery
terminals and unplug all the connectors of the electronic control units and the alternator.
When topping up lubricants, always wear suitable protective gloves.
Do not wear clothing contaminated by engine or hydraulic oil; prolonged contact with the skin can be harmful and may cause
allergic reactions.
0-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-4 0-4
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION
Used engine oil and hydraulic oil must be disposed of properly; recover used lubricants and dispose of them in accordance
with the applicable regulations.
Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic or pneumatic systems, discharge all residual pressure from the circuits.
Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic system or engine, allow the oil and engine coolant to cool down.
When removing and refitting certain assemblies, it will be necessary to support the tractor; use stands, jacks or blocks capable
of supporting the weight and arrange them in a triangular pattern to prevent the machine from overturning.
To lift heavy components, use a hoist or crane. Check that wire ropes, chains or fibre slings are not worn and that hooks are
not damaged.
Always use lifting equipment of suitable capacity for the weight of the components to be removed. Ensure lifting equipment is
attached correctly.
When lifting or supporting an assembly or component, manoeuvre the parts slowly and carefully to avoid swinging movements
or collision with other components.
Never work on components suspended from a hoist or crane.
When removing the retaining bolts of a component that could fall, always leave two opposing bolts in place for safety; before
removing these last two bolts, attach the component to suitable lifting equipment or position support blocks.
Any oil or fuel spilled during removal or dismantling operations should be cleaned up as soon as possible to prevent the risk
of slipping and fire.
When refitting electrical wiring looms and wires, ensure that they are properly secured with their original retaining straps or
brackets to prevent the possibility of damage caused by vibration.
Never insert your fingers or hands to check the alignment between fixing holes in components; always use a suitable dowel
of soft material.
When refitting assemblies or components, always use the specified tightening torques; the tightening torques indicated in the
paragraphs regarding assembly/refitting operations have been determined through experimentation and must be scrupulously
adhered to.
When refitting parts that are subject to vibration or that rotate at high speed, take particular care when carrying out final
installation checks.
0-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-5 0-5
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION
0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations
When removing or refitting parts, always take the following safety precautions.
Precautions for removal operations
Unless otherwise indicated, lower the lifting equipment until it the component or assembly rests on the ground.
After disconnecting hydraulic and fuel system pipes, always fit plugs to the open ends of the pipes to prevent ingress of dirt.
Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and secure it in this position using a retaining strap.
Use containers of sufficient capacity when draining oil, coolant or fuel.
Before removing a part from the machine, check for alignment markings indicating the correct assembly position. If necessary,
make new markings to ensure correct assembly.
When unplugging electrical connectors, always grip the connectors firmly to avoid pulling on the wires.
Where necessary, label wires and pipes before removal to avoid confusion when reconnecting.
Check the number and thickness of any shims removed and keep them together in a safe place.
To lift the tractor or any of its main components, use lifting equipment of suitable capacity.
When using eyebolts for lifting components, first check that they are not deformed or damaged; screw them fully home and
then turn the bolt so that the eye is aligned with the lifting hook.
Before removing a part, clean the surrounding area and, after removing the part, cover it to protect it from dirt and dust.
Precautions for refitting operations
Tighten nuts and screws to the specified tightening torques.
When refitting flexible pipes and cables, take care not to twist or tangle them.
Always fit new seals, O-rings, split pins and safety stop rings; make sure that the ends of the cotter pins are separated and
bent back so that the pin cannot be withdrawn from the hole.
Ensure that circlips are correctly installed in their seatings.
When applying threadlocking compound, first clean the part to remove all oil and grease, then cover the thread evenly applying
a few drops of the compound.
When applying sealant, first clean the surface removing all traces of oil and grease and check for dirt or indentations, then
apply the sealant evenly making sure that it forms a continuous film around any fixing holes.
Clean all parts, removing dirt, oxidisation, carbon deposits, burrs and indentations.
Coat all moving parts with a thin film of engine oil.
When reconnecting electrical wiring connectors, first remove all traces of oil, dust and water from the inside of the connector
and then push the two halves together firmly; connectors with locking tabs should be pushed together until the tab engages
the keeper.
Bolt down flanged fittings evenly, tightening the screws gradually in a crosswise pattern.
Precautions to be taken on completion of removal/refitting operations
If coolant has been drained from the engine, refit the drain plug and pour in new coolant to the correct level. Start the engine
to circulate the coolant and then check the level again and top up.
After removing hydraulic components, top up the hydraulic oil to the specified level. Start the engine to circulate the oil in the
hydraulic circuits and then recheck the level and top up as necessary.
0-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-6 0-6
6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM
INTRODUCTION
After having removed a variable displacement pump, connect the drain pipe and fill the pump casing with oil through the filler
hole provided.
Grease stub axle housings, cylinder pivot mountings and drive shafts thoroughly after assembly.
0-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-7 0-7
6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM
INTRODUCTION
0.1.4 - Lifting instructions
DANGER
Components weighing over 25 kg or of significant size must be supported and removed using suitable lifting equipment
with wire rope or polyester slings.
Wire ropes - slings
Use wire ropes or polyester slings of suitable capacity for the parts to be lifted, referring to the following tables:
Tab.1
WIRE ROPES (standard twisted S or Z type)
rope mm
Capacity (kg)
POLYESTER SLINGS (eye-and-eye - simple loop)

Width (mm)
Capacity (kg)
60
8
10
12
14
16
18
650
1000
1450
2000
2600
3300
620
1740
2500
3460
4500
5710
60
90
500
1420
2050
2820
3670
4660
25
50
62
75
100
150
500
1000
1250
1400
2000
2500
400
800
1000
1120
1600
2000
860
1730
2160
2420
3460
4330
90
700
1410
1760
1980
2820
3530
Lifting capacities are calculated with a safety coefficient.
The lifting hook should be attached to the central part of the rope or sling; if the hook is attached near the ends of the rope/
sling, this could cause the load to slip during lifting.
Never lift a heavy load using a single rope; always use two or more symmetrically arranged ropes.
DANGER
Suspension of a load from a single rope could cause the load to start rotating and consequently cause the rope
strands to untwist or the load to slip; this could lead to serious injury.
Never lift a heavy load when the two legs of the ropes form a wide angle. the permitted load (kg) decreases in inverse
proportion to the angle of suspension; the table below indicates how the permitted load varies according to the angle of
suspension for two 10 mm ropes each with a load capacity of 1000 kg.
0-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-8 0-8
6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM
INTRODUCTION
Capacit di carico: kg
2000
1900
1700
2000
1400
1000
1000
500
30
60
90
Angolo di sospensione:
120
150
Fig.1
0-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-9 0-9
6/21/2007 4:31:26 AM
INTRODUCTION
0.1.5 - Tightening torques
Bolts and nuts
DANGER
The tightening torques for certain specific components and special tightening methods are indicated in the relative
assembly paragraphs.
The tightening torques indicated below refer to screws and nuts assembled without lubrication and, where applicable, with anaerobic
threadlocking compound. the values apply to tightening on steel or cast iron components; for soft materials such as aluminium,
copper, plastic, sheet metal or panels, the indicated tightening torques must be reduced by 50%.
Tab.2
BOLT SIZE
BOLT CLASS
8.8
Nm
8.0 8.8
19.4 21.4
38.4 42.4
66.5 73.5
106 117
164 182
228 252
321 355
441 487
553 611
816 902
20.8 23.0
40.6 44.8
72.2 79.8
69.4 76.7
114 126
175 194
256 282
355 393
482 532
602 666
COAR- M6x1
SE
M8x1.25
M10x1.5
M12x1.75
M14x2
M16x2
M18x2.5
M20x2.5
M22x2.5
M24x3
M27x3
FINE
M8x1
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.5
M14x1.5
M16x1.5
M18x1.5
M20x1.5
M22x1.5
M24x2
lb.ft.
5.9 6.5
14.3 15.8
28.3 31.2
49.0 54.2
78.1 86.2
120.9 134.1
168.0 185.7
236.6 261.6
325.0 358.9
407.6 450.3
601.4 664.8
15.3 17.0
29.9 33.0
53.2 58.8
51.1 56.5
84.0 92.9
129 143
188.7 207.8
261.6 289.6
355.2 392.1
443.7 490.8
10.9
Nm
11.8 13.0
28.5 31.5
56.4 62.4
96.9 107
156 172
241 267
334 370
472 522
647 715
812 898
1198 1324
30.6 33.8
59.7 65.9
106 118
102 112
168 186
257 285
375 415
523 578
708 782
884 978
lb.ft.
8.7 9.6
21.0 23.2
41.6 46.0
71.4 78.9
115.0 126.8
117.6 196.8
246.2 272.7
347.9 384.7
476.8 527.0
598.4 661.8
882.9 975.8
22.6 24.9
44.0 48.6
78.1 87.0
75.2 82.5
123.8 137.1
189.4 210.0
276.4 305.9
385.5 426.0
521.8 576.3
651.5 720.8
12.9
Nm
13.8 15.2
33.3 36.9
67.4 74.4
115 128
184 204
282 312
391 432
553 611
751 830
950 1050
1419 1569
35.8 39.6
71.2 78.6
126 140
121 134
199 220
301 333
439 485
611 676
821 908
1035 1143
lb.ft.
10.2 11.2
24.5 27.2
49.7 54.8
84.8 94.3
135.6 150.3
207.8 229.9
288.2 318.4
407.6 450.3
553.5 611.7
700.2 773.9
1045.8 1156.4
26.4 29.2
52.5 57.9
92.9 103.2
89.2 98.8
146.7 162.1
221.8 245.4
323.5 357.4
450.3 498.2
605.1 669.2
762.8 842.4
Fittings
The tightening torques indicated below refer to fittings assembled on any material.
Tab.3
METRIC
Straight end fittings
T end fittings
L end fittings
90 end fittings
0-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-10 0-10
6/21/2007 4:31:26 AM
INTRODUCTION
Thread size
Wrench
M10x1.25
17
19
19
19
22
24
27
30
36
36
41
50
60
17
19
19
22
24
27
30
36
41
46
50
60
M12x1.25
M14x1.5
M16x1.5
M18x1.5
M20x1.5
M22x1.5
M26x1.5
M27x2
M33x2
M42x2
M48x2
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 3/4
G 1
G 1 1/4
G 1 1/2
Torque Nm
10%
14
14
30
40
48
58
65
73
95
100
160
250
305
13
13
37
37
53
73
73
100
160
160
250
305
Wrench
14
17
17
19
22
24
27
30
36
36
41
50
60
14
Torque Nm
10%
14
14
30
40
48
58
65
73
95
100
160
250
305
13
19
Wrench
14
17
17
19
22
24
27
30
36
36
41
50
60
14
Torque Nm
10%
14
14
30
40
48
58
65
73
95
100
160
250
305
13
Wrench
14
Torque Nm
10%
14
17
19
22
24
27
30
36
36
41
50
60
14
30
40
48
58
65
73
95
100
160
250
305
13
37
19
37
19
37
24
27
53
73
24
27
53
73
24
27
53
73
36
41
100
160
36
41
100
160
36
41
100
160
50
60
250
305
50
60
250
305
50
60
250
305
Plugs
Tab.4
Hex plugs
Thread size
Wrench
Threaded plugs with hex socket head
Torque Nm 10%
Wrench
Torque Nm 10%
0-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-11 0-11
6/21/2007 4:31:27 AM
INTRODUCTION
METRIC
M6x1
M8x1
M10x1
M10x1.25
M10x1.5
M12x1.25
M12x1.5
M12x1.75
M14x1.5
M14x2
M16x1.5
M16x2
M18x1.5
M18x2.5
M20x1.5
M22x1.5
M24x1.5
M24x2
M27x2
M28x1.5
M30x1.5
M32x1.5
M35x1.5
M40x1.5
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 5/8
G 3/4
G 1
10
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
19
19
22
22
17
17
19
22
22
22
22
14
19
22
19
22
22
22
10
12
14
14
14
30
30
30
40
40
48
48
58
58
65
80
80
100
130
13
37
53
73
85
100
160
10
12
12
17
19
22
24
14
30
40
48
58
73
80
110
150
180
225
Fittings with seal at 37

Tab.5
Thread size
7/16 - 20
1/2 - 20
9/16 - 18
3/4 - 16
7/8 - 14
1 1/16 - 12
Wrench
14
16
17
22
27
32
36
Torque Nm 10%
13
19
28
47
76
110
110
0-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-12 0-12
6/21/2007 4:31:28 AM
INTRODUCTION
1 3/16 - 12
1 5/16 - 12
1 5/8 - 12
1 7/8 - 12
2 1/2 - 12
36
38
50
60
75
138
155
215
290
345
Fittings for pipes with banjo union

These tightening torques refer to tightening the fitting with new copper sealing washers.
Tab.6
Unions for one-way fittings
Unions for three-way fittings
Unions for four-way fittings
Thread size
Wrench
Wrench
Wrench
M8x1
M8x1.25
M10x1
M10x1.25
M12x1.25
M12x1.5
M14x1.5
M16x1.5
M18x1.5
M20x1.5
M22x1.5
M24x1.5
M26x1.5
M28x1.5
M30x1.5
M35x2
M38x1.5
M42x2
M45x1.5
M50x2
M52x1.5
M65x2
13
13
17
19
22
22
27
32
36
41
50
60
Torque Nm
10%
14
20
30
40
48
58
65
80
110
180
250
320
12
Torque Nm
10%
14
Torque Nm
10%
14
17
19
22
24
27
32
36
46
55
60
75
20
30
40
48
58
73
95
130
200
280
320
450
14
17
19
22
24
27
32
36
46
55
60
75
20
30
40
48
58
73
95
130
200
280
320
450
0-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-13 0-13
6/21/2007 4:31:29 AM
INTRODUCTION
0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants
Tab.7
FUNCTION
THREADLOCKER
NAME
Loctite 222 Colour: opaque fluorescent purple
Loctite 242 Colour: fluorescent blue
Loctite 243 Colour: opaque fluorescent blue

Loctite 270 Colour: fluorescent green
DEGREASERS AND
ACTIVATORS
Loctite 703
Loctite 747
SEALANTS (for faces Loctite 510 Colour: red

and fittings)
Loctite 542 Colour: Brown
Loctite 554 Colour: red
Loctite 572 Colour: White
Loctite 573 Colour: green
Loctite 576 Colour: brown
INSTANT ADHESIVES
Loctite 401 Colour: colourless
Loctite 495 Colour: colourless
DESCRIPTION
Anaerobic product suitable for low-strength locking of retaining,
adjustment and precision fasteners. All traces of lubricant must first be
removed using the specific activator.
Anaerobic product that prevents loosening of all types of nut and bolt;
used in place of conventional mechanical locking systems. Used for
medium-strength locking. All traces of lubricant must first be removed
using the specific activator.
Alternative product to 242 ; oil tolerant and so can be used on lightly
lubricated surfaces without prior use of activator.
Anaerobic product for high-strength locking of bolts and studs that do
not normally require disassembly. Parts must be heated to approximately 80C for removal. All traces of lubricant must first be removed
using the specific activator.
Product used for degreasing and cleaning parts prior to application of
Loctite anaerobic products; after drying, promotes uniform curing of
threadlockers
Product used specifically for treatment of passive metals prior to use of
slow-cure anaerobic threadlockers (series 5 and 6). Can also be used
to increase cure speed at low temperatures or in applications where
there are large gaps between the parts.
Super-rapid anaerobic sealant for sealing between rigid metal faces;
can eliminate the need for conventional gaskets as it can fill gaps up
to 0.4 mm. Does not shrink and therefore fasteners do not need retightening to specified torque values after curing.
Anaerobic product used as a liquid sealant for threaded fittings up to
3/4 gas; rapid curing and parts may be disassembled with ordinary
tools.
Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing cooling and
industrial fluid circuits. Slow curing, also suitable for use on non-ferrous alloys
Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing pipes and
threaded fittings up to 2 in diameter. Very slow curing on most metal
surfaces.
Thixotropic anaerobic product used for sealing joints between metal faces. Ensures total contact between surfaces with maximum tolerance
of 0.10 mm, filling microvoids caused by flatness errors. Very slow
curing on most metal surfaces and requires prior application of an
activator.
Anaerobic product used as a liquid thread sealant for large diameter
threaded fittings (up to 2). Very slow curing; also suitable for nonferrous alloys and parts requiring subsequent removal.
Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a wide range of
acidic and porous materials including, ceramics, wood, rubber and
plastic (excluding polyolefin). Curing takes place in a few seconds
as an effect of the condensed humidity present on the surfaces to be
bonded, and is independent of environmental conditions.
Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a rubber, plastics
and metal in any combination.
0-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-14 0-14
6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM
INTRODUCTION
SEALANTS SILICONE
SEALANTS POLURETHANE
RETAINING COMPOUNDS
LUBRICANTS
Silastic 738 (Dow Corning) Colour: milky white One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, non dhrinking, ready for use.
Cures on exposure to air to form a rubbery solid and obviates the need
for conventional seals on flexible joints, filling gaps greater than 1 mm.
Dirko Transparent Colour: transparent
One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, shrinking, ready for use. Cures
rapidly when exposed to humidity in the air to form a rubbery solid;
resistant to high temperatures.
Betaseal HV3 (Gurit Essex) Colour: black
Polyurethane prepolymer based adhesive/sealant, high viscosity, suitable for permanent, high-strength flexible bonding. Slow curing, used
for bonding glass to frames, wire mesh, metal plates, etc. surfaces
must be degreased with primer.
Anaerobic, fast-curing, high-strength adhesive. Suitable for sealing
and retaining cylindrical assemblies with gap clearances of up to 0.10
mm; used for retaining rotors, gears, bearings, pulleys, bushes etc. on
shafts.
Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, very high strength; suitable for bonding cylindrical parts in non-ferrous alloys.
Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, high-strength; suitable
for bonding cylindrical parts, permanent retention of threaded parts,
sealing of refrigeration systems, retention of bearings, etc. Alternative
to Loctite 601 in high-temperature applications.
Loctite 986/AVX Colour: Fluorescent red
Anaerobic sealant/retaining compound for metal cylindrical parts.
Slow-curing, high-strength, heat-resistant and resistant to chemical
attack. Parts must be first treated with an activator.
Grease (NLGI 2 EP ASTM D217: 265/295)
Multi-purpose Lithium grease used for lubrication of seals, to prevent
oxidization and to facilitate assembly operations.
Molikote (Dow Corning)
Anti-wear compound, contains Molybdenum bisulphate, used neat or
diluted with engine oil for assembly of main engine bearings.
Vaseline
Neutral pH compound used to protect battery terminals against oxidization and corrosion.
Engine oil 10W - 30
Used to dilute Molikote anti-wear lubricant during assembly of main
engine bearings.
0-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-15 0-15
6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM
INTRODUCTION
0.1.7 - Conversion factors
Conversion from British to metric units
Tab.8
inch x 25.40
foot x 0.305
yard x 0.914
Eng.miles x 1.609
Sq.in. x 6.452
Sq.ft. x 0.093
Sq.yard x 0.835
Cu.in. x 16.39
Cu.ft. x 28.36
Cu.yard x 0.763
Imp.gall. x 4.547
US gall. x 3.785
pint x 0.568
quart x 1.137
US.gpm x 3.785
oz. x 0.028
lb. x 0.454
lb.ft. x 0.139
lb.in. x 17.87
psi x 0.070
lb./Imp.gall x 0.100
lb./US.gall x 0.120
lb./cu.ft. x 16.21
lb.ft. x 1.356
psi x 1.379
= mm
=m
= km
= cm
= m
= cm
= m
= litres
= ,/min
= kg
= kgm
= kg/m
= kg/cm
= kg/,
= kg/m
= Nm
= bar
Conversion from metric to British units
Tab.9
mm x 0.0394
m x 3.281
m x 1,094
km x 0.622
cm x 0.155
m x 10.77
m x 1.197
cm x 0.061
m x 0.035
m x 1.311
litres x 0.220
litres x 0.264
litres x 1.762
litres x 0.880
,/min x 0.2642
kg x 35.25
kg x 2.203
kgm x 7.233
= inch
= foot
= yard
= Brit.miles
= Sq.in.
= Sq.ft.
= Sq.yard
= Cu.in.
= Cu.ft
= Cu.yard
= Imp.gall.
= US gall.
= pint
= quart
= US.gpm
= oz.
= lb.
= lb.ft.
0-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-16 0-16
6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM
INTRODUCTION
kg/m x 0.056
kg/cm x 14.22
kg/, x 10.00
kg/, x 8.333
kg/m x 0.062
Nm x 0.737
bar x 14.503
= lb.in.
= psi
= lb./Imp.gal.
= lb./US.gal.
= lb./cu.ft.
= lb.ft.
= psi
0-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-17 0-17
6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM
INTRODUCTION
0-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-18 0-18
6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM
10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-1 10-1
6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
10.1 - TRANSMISSION
introduction
This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV).
The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
3. Groundspeed PTO supplied with the versions as at points 1 and 2.
All the PTO versions are mechanical with non-synchronized gears and electrohydraulic engagement control while the Groundspeed
PTO is operated by a mechanical control.
Main assemblies
1
24
D0036580
Fig.2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Clutch housing
HI-LO assembly
Gearbox, reverse shuttle, underdrive and ranges assembly
Differential unit
Rear PTO
Description
The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2),
HI-LO unit (3) and range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to the epicyclic gears (6) and then to the wheels
(7). Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main brake while the
parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-2 10-2
6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM
1
REV
FW
8
6
3
1 2
SR
D0036300
Fig.3
10-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-3 10-3
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
Clutch housing
Fig.4 - Clutch housing

1. Rear PTO drive shaft
2. Flywheel
3. Main clutch plate
4. Main clutch thrust bearing
5. Main clutch sleeve
6. Sleeve support
7. Gearbox drive shaft
8. Main clutch lever
9. Reaction pin
10. Clutch piston
10-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-4 10-4
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
Gearbox and shuttle assembly
2
6
7
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
D0036310
Fig.5 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly

1. Cover
2. Gearbox support
3. Reverse travel drive gear
4. Shuttle synchronizer
5. Forward travel drive gear
6. Gearbox input shaft
7. Primary shaft
8. Secondary shaft
9. 5th speed driven gear
10. 4th-5th speed synchronizer
12. 3rd speed driven gear
13. 2nd-3rd speed synchronizer
14. 2nd speed driven gear
15. 1st speed driven gear
16. 1st speed synchronizer
10-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-5 10-5
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly
2
1
L
9
85CV
100CV
D0036340
Fig.6 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
High-Low range synchronizer

Low-creeper range idler gear
4WD drive gear
Pinion
4WD driven gear
Creeper range driven gear
Medium or creeper range selector
Medium-low range idler gear
4WD shaft
10-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-6 10-6
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly
3
4
A
2
97
87
5
D0036350
A-A
Fig.7 - Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Sleeve
4WD output hub
4WD selector fork
Parking brake cam
Parking brake lever
4WD engagement lever
Friction shoe
Steel disc
Spacer
10-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-7 10-7
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
Differential unit
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
10
4
D0025200
Fig.8 - Differential unit

1. Pinion
2. Pinion bearing
3. Differential carrier
4. Differential casing
5. Differential lock sleeve
6. Sun gear
7. Planet gear
9. Sun gear
10. Bevel crown wheel
11. Spring
12. Spacer
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
15. Differential lock fork
16. Spring
17. Piston
10-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-8 10-8
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
Brakes and rear axle assembly
Fig.9 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

1. Halfshaft
2. Dust seal
3. oil seal
4. Bearing
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Pin (Qty. 3)
8. Brake cylinder
9. Piston
10. Friction disc
11. Halfshaft
12. Planet gear
13. Planet carrier
10-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-9 10-9
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
introduction
This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV).
The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
3. Groundspeed PTO supplied with the versions as at points 1 and 2.
All the PTO versions are mechanical with non-synchronized gears and electrohydraulic engagement control while the Groundspeed
PTO is operated by a mechanical control.
Main assemblies
24
D0036580
Fig.10 - Main assemblies

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Clutch housing
HI-LO assembly
Gearbox, reverse shuttle, underdrive and ranges assembly
Differential unit
Rear PTO
Description
The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2),
HI-LO unit (3) and range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to the epicyclic gears (6) and then to the wheels
(7). Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main brake while the
parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-10 10-10
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
1
REV
FW
8
6
3
1 2
SR
D0036300
Fig.11
10-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-11 10-11
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
Clutch housing
Fig.12 - Clutch housing

1. Rear PTO drive shaft
2. Flywheel
3. Main clutch plate
4. Main clutch thrust bearing
5. Main clutch sleeve
6. Sleeve support
7. Gearbox drive shaft
8. Main clutch lever
9. Reaction pin
10. Clutch piston
10-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-12 10-12
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
Gearbox and shuttle assembly
56
7
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
D0036320
Fig.13 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly

1. Cover
2. Gearbox support
3. Reverse travel drive gear
4. Shuttle synchronizer
5. Forward travel drive gear
6. Gearbox input shaft
7. Primary shaft
8. Secondary shaft
10. 4th-5th speed synchronizer
12. 3rd speed driven gear
13. 2nd-3rd speed synchronizer
14. 2nd speed driven gear
15. 1st speed driven gear
16. 1st speed synchronizer
10-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-13 10-13
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly
2
L
9
M
SR
D0036330
Fig.14 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
High-Low range synchronizer

Low-creeper range idler gear
4WD drive gear
Pinion
4WD driven gear
Creeper range driven gear
Medium or creeper range selector
Medium-low range idler gear
4WD shaft
10-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-14 10-14
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly
4
A
2
97
87
5
D0036350
A-A
Fig.15 - Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Sleeve
4WD output hub
4WD selector fork
Parking brake cam
Parking brake lever
4WD engagement lever
Friction shoe
Steel disc
Spacer
10-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-15 10-15
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
Differential unit
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
10
4
D0025200
Fig.16 - Differential unit

1. Pinion
2. Pinion bearing
4. Differential casing
5. Differential lock sleeve
6. Sun gear
7. Planet gear
9. Sun gear
11. Spring
12. Spacer
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
15. Differential lock fork
16. Spring
17. Piston
10-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-16 10-16
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
Brakes and rear axle assembly
10
12
11
D0025210
Fig.17 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

1. Halfshaft
2. Dust seal
3. Bearing
4. oil seal
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Brake cylinder
8. Piston
9. Friction disc
10. Halfshaft
11. Planet gear
12. Planet carrier
10-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-17 10-17
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
10.1.3 - Rear. PTO
Description
The rear power take-off allows drive to be transmitted to an implement at a predetermined rotation speed. The rotary drive is taken
directly from the engine and the operator controls engagement of the PTO via the push-button on the right-hand side of the driving
seat. The rear PTO, for 540, 540 ECO, 1000 and 1000 ECO, is engaged by way of the electrohydraulic operated PTO cutch, while
the Groundspeed PTO (when present) is engaged by way of a mechanical control. The PTO speed is a selected by mechanical
controls.
The rear PTO is supplied in 2 versions with two or four rotation speeds:
PTO 540-1000
PTO 540 - 540 ECO - 1000 and 1000 ECO
In addition, a further shaft for the Groundspeed PTO may be installed. The speed of the groundspeed PTO is directly proportional to
the rotation speed of the rear wheels with a fixed ratio between PTO shaft and wheel speeds.
Power flow diagram
Fig.18 - Rear. 2 speed
10-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-18 10-18
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
Fig.19 - Rear. 4 speed
PTO control clutch assembly

2
1
B
4
A
A-A
9
10
11
12
B-B
D0036360
Fig.20 - PTO control clutch assembly

1. Hub
10-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-19 10-19
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
1
B
4
A
A-A
9
10
11
12
B-B
D0036360
Fig.20 - PTO control clutch assembly

2. PTO engagement clutch
3. Clutch drum
4. Housing
5. PTO brake clutch piston
6. PTO brake clutch
7. PTO engagement piston
8. Piston return spring
9. Accumulator cylinder
10. Accumulator spring
11. Accumulator piston
12. Pressure relief valve
Malfunction
The following text describes what happens when the PTO is engaged
When the operator activates PTO engagement, the solenoid valve (1) is energized and the pressurized oil from the regulator
valve (2) flows into the line a.
The pressurized oil from regulator valve (2) is thus introduced into chamber b of accumulator (3).
As the pressure in chamber b, increases, the force exerted by the pressure on piston (4) compresses springs (5). The
increased stroke of piston (4) corresponds to an increase in the pressure in chamber b and chamber c of piston (6). For this
reason, the clutch engagement pressure is modulated in the pressure range between 2 and 12 bar. Simultaneously the oil in
passage d is returned to tank and the pressure acting on piston (7) decreases, thereby allowing the hub to rotate (8).
10-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-20 10-20
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
b
2
a
1
d
c
8
7
D0036370
Fig.21
The following text describes what happens when the PTO is disengaged
The PTO is disengaged by de-energizing the solenoid valve (1).
The oil under pressure in the line a is sent into the discharge circuit via the solenoid valve (1).
Because of the decrease in pressure in passage a, piston (4) is pushed to the right by springs (5) and force of spring (9)
pushes piston (6) to the right, bringing it to the rest position. At the same time, the pressurised oil from regulator valve (2) flows
into passage d. This causes piston (7) to shift to the right, thereby operating the PTO brake and stopping rotation of hub (8).
10-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-21 10-21
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
Fig.22
10-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-22 10-22
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
10.1.4 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and groundspeed PTO
2-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO
15
1
23
5
6
7
13
15
14
12
16
13
11
8
9
D0036390
10
Fig.23 - 2-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO

1. Drive shaft
2. Bearing
3. 1000 PTO drive gear
4. Bearing
5. Cover
6. Bearing
7. 540-1000 PTO output shaft
8. Groundspeed PTO output shaft
9. Bearing
10. 540 PTO driven gear
12. Bearing
13. Selector sleeve
14. Yoke
15. Speed selector lever
16. Shoe
10-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-23 10-23
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
4-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO
56
7
17
18
19
8
9
12
10
34
20
11
22
21
19
20
12
16
15
14
13
D0036400
Fig.24 - 4-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO

1. PTO input shaft
2. Normal /ECO PTO selector sleeve
3. ECO PTO drive shaft
4. Flange
5. Normal PTO drive shaft input
6. ECO PTO drive gear
7. Bearing
8. Cover
9. Bearing
10. 540-1000 PTO output shaft
11. Groundspeed PTO output shaft
12. Bearing
13. ECO -1000 PTO driven gear
14. 1000/540 PTO selector sleeve
16. Bearing
17. Yoke
18. Shoe
19. Normal /ECO PTO selector sleeve
20. 540/1000 PTO selector sleeve
21. Shoe
22. Yoke
10-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-24 10-24
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
10.2 - FRONT AXLE
10.2.1 - Front axle
Fig.25 - Steering angle A
Single-acting steering cylinders version: 50

Double-acting steering cylinders version: 55
10-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-25 10-25
6/21/2007 4:31:36 AM
Final drive
Fig.26 - Final drive

1. Planet carrier
2. oil seal
3. Ring gear
4. Brake disc
5. Steering knuckle housing
6. Top pin
7. Gasket
8. Top bearing
9. Halfshaft
10. Roller cage
11. oil seal
12. Lower bearing
13. Gasket
14. Lower pin
15. Brake piston
16. Steel disc
17. Friction disc
18. Bearing
19. Cover
20. Protective disc
21. Planet gear
22. Pin
23. Sensor drive plate
24. Sensor drive pin
25. Steering angle sensor
26. Sensor cover
10-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-26 10-26
6/21/2007 4:31:36 AM
PINION, DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Fig.27 - PINION, DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

1. Axle housing
3. Planet gear
4. Sun gear
6. Differential lock device
7. Halfshaft
8. Bearing
9. Bearing
10. Spacer
11. Bearing
12. oil seal
13. oil seal
14. oil seal
15. Ringnut
16. Pinion
18. Bearing
19. Sun gear
21. Piston
22. Shock absorber spring
23. Return spring
24. Differential locking engagement lever
25. Shoe
10-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-27 10-27
6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM
10.3 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Description
The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system that comprises two main circuits:
Steering and services circuit.
Lift and auxiliary services control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic
energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices which control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators,
where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.
10
11
12
13
A
B
6
14
5
15
3
4
17
16
D0025320
Fig.28 - Hydraulic system diagram

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Suction line filter

Steering circuit gear pump
Lift gear pump
Suction line filter
Power steering
Steering cylinder
HML solenoid valve assembly
10-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-28 10-28
6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM
10
11
12
13
A
B
6
14
5
15
3
4
17
16
D0025320
Fig.28 - Hydraulic system diagram

8. Hydraulic reverse shuttle solenoid valves assembly
9. 4WD engagement device
10. Differential lock engagement device
11. Rear PTO clutch
12. Services solenoid valve assembly
13. Auxiliary services directional control valve
14. Hydraulic lift directional control valve
15. Lift cylinder
16. HML and secondary shaft assembly lubrication
17. Ejector
10-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-29 10-29
6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM
Hydraulic system diagrams
Hydraulic steering and services diagram
7
5
6
14 cm3
0.8-8 bar
6
R
12 bar
0.5-1 L/min.
150 Bar
1.1
11 bar
1135 cm 3
0.5-1 L/min.
M12x1.5
C1
21 bar
M12x1.5
12 bar
5 bar
P1
T
500 m
500 m
90 m
11
T
10
E
Sx
-0.5 bar
25 m
nom.
D0036480
Rear gear box
Fig.29 - Hydraulic steering and services diagram

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Suction filter (25 m)

Hydraulic pump (14 cc/rev)
Resonator
Power steering
Steering cylinders
Oil cooler
Rear PTO clutch
Differential lock devices
Pressure holding valves assembly
10-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-30 10-30
6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM
7
5
6
14 cm3
0.8-8 bar
6
R
12 bar
0.5-1 L/min.
150 Bar
1.1
11 bar
1135 cm 3
0.5-1 L/min.
M12x1.5
C1
21 bar
M12x1.5
12 bar
5 bar
P1
T
500 m
500 m
90 m
11
T
10
E
Sx
-0.5 bar
25 m
nom.
D0036480
Rear gear box

10. Filter
10-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-31 10-31
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version)
6
3
B1
A1
B2
A2
210 bar
1.2
T
1
190 bar
RV
1
H.P.C.
0
T
Lif
0.7x4
Lower
t
1
0 1
Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx
-0.5 bar
1
25 m
25 m
0.03 bar
D0036490
Rear gear box
Fig.30 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve diagram (BASIC)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
4-way auxiliary services control valve
Hydraulic lift directional control valve
Lift cylinders
10-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-32 10-32
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version)
7
v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
70 bar
8
Q regol.
16 L/min
5
B1
A1
B2
B3
A2
A3
4
T
T
190 bar
RV
1
H.P.C.
2 0
2 0 1 3
10
11 bar
9
T
1.2
210 bar
Lf Tractor brake
Freno trattore Sx
3
1
N
Y2
Y1
Comando ON/OFF Freno
Rh Tractor brake
T
Lift
0.7x4
Lower
ON/OFF brake control
Neutral
Freno trattore Dx
T
P
6 bar
2
T
Dx
-0.5 bar
1
25 m
25 m
0.03 bar
D0036530
Rear gear box
Fig.31 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve diagram (FULL OPTIONAL)
1. Suction line filter
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
4. 8-way auxiliary services control valve
5. Free drain
6. Front power-lift
7. Damper valve assembly
8. Rate of drop control valve
9. Electronic lift directional control valve
10. Lift cylinders
10-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-33 10-33
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
Description
The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system that comprises two main circuits:
Steering and services circuit.
Lift and auxiliary services control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic
energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices which control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators,
where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.
10
11
12
13
A
B
6
14
5
15
3
4
17
16
D0025320
Fig.32 - Hydraulic system

2. Steering circuit gear pump
3. Lift gear pump
5. Power steering
6. Steering cylinder
7. HML solenoid valve assembly
8. Hydraulic reverse shuttle solenoid valves assembly
9. 4WD engagement device
10. Differential lock engagement device
10-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-34 10-34
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
10
11
12
13
A
B
6
14
5
15
3
4
17
16
D0025320
Fig.32 - Hydraulic system

11. Rear PTO clutch
13. Auxiliary services directional control valve
14. Hydraulic lift directional control valve
15. Lift cylinder
16. HML and secondary shaft assembly lubrication
17. Ejector
10-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-35 10-35
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
Hydraulic system diagrams
Hydraulic steering and services diagram
9
5
32 cm3
0.8-8 bar
12 bar
0.5-1 L/min.
1.1
150 Bar
11 bar
1135 cm 3
0.5-1 L/min.
M12x1.5
C1
21 bar
M12x1.5
12 bar
5 bar
P1
T
500 m
500 m
90 m
8
T
Sx
-0.5 bar
25 m
nom.
D0036500
Rear gear box

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Hydraulic pump (11 cc/rev)
Resonator
Power steering
Steering cylinders
Oil cooler
Pressure holding valve
HI-LO engagement solenoid valve
Rear PTO clutch
10-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-36 10-36
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version)
6
3
B1
A1
B2
A2
210 bar
1.5
RV
190 bar
1
H.P.C.
T
T
Lif
Lower
Neutral
0 1
6 bar
2
Dx
-0.5 bar
1
25 m
25 m
0.03 bar
D0036510
Rear gear box
Fig.34 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
Free drain
4-way auxiliary services control valve
Lift cylinders
10-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-37 10-37
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version)
7
v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
70 bar
8
Q regol.
16 L/min
5
B1
A1
B2
B3
A2
A3
4
T
T
190 bar
RV
1
H.P.C.
2 0
2 0 1 3
10
11 bar
9
T
1.2
210 bar
Lf Tractor brake
Freno trattore Sx
3
1
N
Y2
Y1
Rh Tractor brake
T
Lift
0.7x4
Lower
ON/OFF brake control
Neutral
Freno trattore Dx
T
P
Comando ON/OFF Freno
6 bar
2
T
Dx
-0.5 bar
1
25 m
25 m
0.03 bar
D0036530
Rear gear box
Fig.35 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version)
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
4. Free drain
5. 8-way auxiliary services control valve
6. Front power-lift
7. Damper valve assembly
8. Rate of drop control valve
9. Lift cylinder
10. Lift unit auxiliary cylinder
11. Electronic lift directional control valve
10-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-38 10-38
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
10.3.3 - Steering circuit pump - directional control valve circuit
STEERING CIRCUIT GEAR PUMP
Fig.36 - Steering circuit gear pump
displacement: 14 cc/rev
Maximum operating pressure: 155 bars
10-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-39 10-39
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
Lift circuit gear pump
Fig.37 - Lift circuit gear pump
displacement: 22.5 cc/rev

Maximum operating pressure: 190 bars
10-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-40 10-40
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
10.3.4 - Power steering
Fig.38 - Power steering

OPERATION
The power steering system consists of a directional control valve with a rotary spool; these components have hydrostatic
operation.
When the steering wheel is turned, the rotary spool control valve sends the oil from the pump to one side or the other of the
steering cylinder. The rotary spool ensures that that the volume of oil delivered to the cylinder is proportional to the angle
through which the steering wheel is turned.
In the event of a malfunction of the power steering pump, the rotary spool valve automatically functions as a manual pump to
ensure emergency steering.
Technical characteristics
Relief valve setting: 150-155 bar
displacement: 125 cc/rev
10-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-41 10-41
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
10.3.5 - Auxiliary services directional control valve
1
4
B1
B1
B2
A1
1
A1
B2
A2
T
190 bar
A2
H.P.C.
1
0
D0036620
Fig.39 - Auxiliary services control valve - 4-way version

1.
2.
3.
4.
Detent element
Double-acting section
Pressure relief valve
Double/single acting conversion screw
1
3
5
1
2
B1
B1
B2
B3
A1
3
B2
A2
B3
190 bar
1
1
A1
A2
A3
0
2
A3
H.P.C.
0
2
1
0
2
2
3
1
0
2
D0036610
Fig.40 - Auxiliary services control valve - 6-way version

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Double-acting section
Detent element
Float element
Pressure relief valve
Check valve
10-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-42 10-42
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
B
19
F
A
11
C
D
D
E
E
F-F
F
20
A-A
B
16
15
11
10
19
1.2
20
20
210 bar
14 13
17
12
E-E
21
B-B
7
T
T
Lift
0.7x4
18
Lower
1
1.5
6 bar
21
4
TT
3
18
16
9
2
17
D-D
12
10
C-C
D0032000
Fig.41 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve

Components
1. Pipe union
2. Rate of drop control valve spool (Valvematic)
3. Crankpin
4. Rate of drop regulator valve spring
5. Spacer
6. Lift control spool return spring
7. Lift control spool
8. One-way valve actuator piston
9. Valve stem
10. One-way valve
11. Inlet valve
12. Pilot/enabling valve
13. Pilot/enabling valve spring
14. Spacer
15. Enabling valve spring
16. Enabling valve
17. One-way valve
18. Choke
10-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-43 10-43
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
19
F
A
11
C
D
D
E
E
F-F
F
20
A-A
B
16
15
11
10
19
1.2
20
20
210 bar
14 13
17
12
E-E
21
B-B
7
T
T
Lift
0.7x4
18
Lower
1
1.5
6 bar
21
4
TT
3
18
16
9
2
17
D-D
12
10
C-C
D0032000

19. Relief valve
20. Directional control valve power
21. Lift control
Function
The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the linkage to be raised and lowered.
It incorporates the following valves:
One-way valve (1)
Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
Inlet valve (3)
Enabling valve (4)
Pilot/enabling valve (5)
Safety valve (6)
10-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-44 10-44
6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM
Fig.42
Malfunction
When the lift control is in neutral position
The pressurised oil from the pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the
force exerted on the enabling valve (2) overcomes that of the spring (3), the valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow
out.
Fig.43
When the lift is raised
When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, lift lowering begins; this can be divided into two stages:
STAGE 1
When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, this connects:
line b with line c thereby allowing the piston (6) to move to the right.
line d to drain line h thereby allowing the pressure in line e to fall.
10-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-45 10-45
6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM
6
c
b
d
4
h
5
g
D0032320
Fig.44
STAGE 2
When the piston (6) moves to the right, the ball (7) is also moved to the right to connect chamber m of the check valve (8)
with line e. Consequently the pressure in chamber m is decreased and the force exerted on the piston (6) by the pressure in
chamber n pushes the valve (8) to right thereby connecting line p with linee and allowing the oil to flow and the lift to be be
lowered. Valve (9) is used to regulate the rate of drop; when moved downwards, it limits the flow of oil between port t and line
p.
t
8
m
9
p
D0032330
Fig.45
When the spool (4) is shifted to the left, this opens the connecting passages between lines b and d, f and g, a and e. When
the forces exerted by the pressure in line e overcomes the force exerted by the pressure in chamber m, the valve (8) is shifted
to the right and oil can flow into line p and from there, through the valve (9), to port t and the lifting cylinder (10. To increase
the lifting speed i.e. the flow of oil to the lifting cylinder (10), a one-way valve (11) is installed in parallel with the spool (4); this
ensures that oil is only supplied during the lifting stage
10-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-46 10-46
6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM
E
14
13
12
D
D
C
C
B
A
E
A-A
17
16
15
8
10
11
18
E-E
D-D
11
10
B-B
19
1.5
210 bar
5
1
7
18
T
T
Lift
Lower
1
6 bar
C-C
19
18
16
D0024050
12

Components
1. Relief valve
2. Plug
3. Rate of drop control valve spool (Valvematic)
4. Crankpin
5. Rate of drop regulator valve spring
6. Lift control spool return spring
7. Lift control spool
8. One-way valve actuator piston
9. Valve stem
10. One-way valve
11. Inlet valve
12. Pilot/enabling valve
13. Pilot/enabling valve spring
14. Spacer
15. Enabling valve spring
16. Enabling valve
17. Directional control valve power
18. Exhaust
19. Lift control
10-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-47 10-47
6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM
Function
The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the linkage to be raised and
lowered.
It incorporates the following valves:
One-way valve (1)
Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
Inlet valve (3)
Enabling valve (4)
Pilot/enabling valve (5)
Safety valve (6)
Fig.47
Malfunction
When the lift control is in neutral position
The pressurised oil from the pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the
force exerted on the enabling valve (2) overcomes that of the spring (3), the valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow
out.
10-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-48 10-48
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
Fig.48
When the lift is lowered
When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, lift lowering begins; this can be divided into two stages:
STAGE 1
When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, this connects:
line b with line c thereby allowing the piston (6) to move to the right.
line d to drain line h thereby allowing the pressure in line e to fall.

6
c
b
d
4
h
5
g
D0032370
Fig.49
STAGE 2
When the piston (6) moves to the right, the ball (7) is also moved to the right to connect chamber m of the check valve (8)
with line e. Consequently the pressure in chamber m is decreased and the force exerted on the piston (6) by the pressure in
chamber n pushes the valve (8) to right thereby connecting line p with linee and allowing the oil to flow and the lift to be be
lowered. Valve (9) is used to regulate the rate of drop; when moved downwards, it limits the flow of oil between port t and line
p.
10-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-49 10-49
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
t
8
m
9
p
D0032380
Fig.50
When the spool (4) is shifted to the left, this opens the connecting passages between lines b and d, f and g, a and e. When
the forces exerted by the pressure in line e overcomes the force exerted by the pressure in chamber m, the valve (8) is shifted
to the right and oil can flow into line p and from there, through the valve (9), to port t and the lifting cylinder (10. To increase
the lifting speed i.e. the flow of oil to the lifting cylinder (10), a one-way valve (11) is installed in parallel with the spool (4); this
ensures that oil is only supplied during the lifting stage
t
8
m
10
p
d
11
g
a
D0032390
Fig.51
10-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-50 10-50
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
10.3.8 - Braking system
Description
The braking system is 4 braking devices (1 for each wheel) operated by two hydraulic pumps with mechanical control. Each pump
supplies oil to the brakes on one side of the tractor (right or left), giving the operator the possibility to apply the brakes on one side
only and thus reduce the turning radius. The Separate-Brakes valve in the braking circuit allows braking on the rear wheel only
when the operator requires.
D0002310
Fig.52 - Braking system diagram

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Front axle
Master cylinder for RH side brakes
Master cylinder for LH side brakes
Separate-Brakes valve
Rear axle
10-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-51 10-51
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
10.3.9 - Separate-Brake valve
Function
The Separate-Brake valve serves to exclude front wheel braking when the operator presses only one of the brake pedals.
ON
OFF
HS
AR
AL
AR
PL
PR
PL
PR
ON
OFF
AR
AL
Pedale SX
OFF
ON
HS
Pedale DX
PL
Due pedali
PR
L
D0002320
Fig.53 - Separate-Brake valve
10-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-52 10-52
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
3
11
HS
10
5
5
6
6
7
7
AL
AR
PL
PR
8
8
9
9
D0002330
Fig.54 - Components
1. Drive shaft
2. End cover
3. Flange
4. Control knob
5. Piston
6. Spring
7. Crankpin
8. Ball
9. Spring
10. Spring
11. Ball
Malfunction
When the valve is not activated
In the following explanation it is assumed that the operator presses just one of the brake pedals; operation with both pedals
is the same.
10-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-53 10-53
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
Fig.55
When the valve is not activated, piston (1) in the lower position and the force of springs (2) push spools (3) downwards.
When one of the brake pedals is pressed (e.g. the RH pedal), the oil pressure pushes plunger (3) upwards against piston (1),
thereby opening the connecting passage between chambers a and b.
This allows the oil pressure to reach both brakes on the side corresponding to the pedal that is pressed.
When the valve is activated and just one brake pedal is pressed
10-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-54 10-54
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
Fig.56
When the valve is activated, pistons (1) are in their high position.
When one of the brake pedals is pressed (e.g. the LH pedal), the oil pressure pushes plunger (3) upwards, overcoming the
force of spring (2).
At the same time ball (4) is pushed upwards by spring (5) so that it closes the connecting passage between chambers a and
b.
As a result, the oil flow from the pump is directed only towards the rear wheel brake.
When the valve is activated and both brake pedals are pressed
10-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-55 10-55
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
Fig.57
When the valve is activated and both brake pedals are pressed, the oil flow is directed to chambers c and d.
As the pressure acting on plungers (3) is the same, they are pushed downward exclusively by the force of springs (2).
As a result, the oil flow from the master cylinders is directed to the front and rear brakes on both sides of the tractor.
Even if the operator forgets to deactivate the valve after finishing field work, as soon as both brake pedals are pressed, braking
on all four wheels is ensured.
10-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-56 10-56
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
10.3.10 - Trailer braking valve
ITALY version
Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
Operation
1
3
D0021840
Fig.58 - Trailer braking valve - ITALY version

Valve control lever in position 1
When lever (1) is in position 1 (valve activated) and the brake pedals are not pressed, there is a pressure of 12.5 bar (181.3
psi) available at port B.
This pressure is supplied constantly to the trailer to release the parking brake. In this condition, the pressure detected by the
pressure switch (2) is higher than the pressure setting and consequently the indicator light (3) on the instrument panel remains
off.
When the operator engages the parking brake, the lever (4) is operated too. The pressure at port B is thus eliminated and the
pressure switch (2), on detecting the lack of pressure, illuminates the indicator light (3) on the instrument panel.
The pressure at port B is directly proportional to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Valve control lever in position O
When the lever (1) is in position O (valve deactivated), there is no pressure at port B. As a result, the pressure switch (2)
detects the lack of pressure and illuminates the inidcator light (3) on the dashboard. In this condition, the pressure at port B
remains null regardless of the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
10-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-57 10-57
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
Y1
P
E
Y2
P
Y1
Y2
N
D0021810
E
B
Fig.59 - Couplers
P - Valve supply
N - To auxiliary services control valve
B - To trailer brake
T - Exhaust
Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
E - Parking brake pressure switch
Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar (2900 psi)
Minimum constant pressure at port B: 12.52 bar (181.329 psi)
Maximum pressure at port B: 1355 bar (188572.5 psi)
Oil supply flow rate: 2080 ,/min (5.3 79.7 US.gpm)
EXPORT version
Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
10-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-58 10-58
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
Operation
D0021820
Fig.60 - Trailer braking valve - EXPORT version
When the brakes are not applied there is no pressure at port B.
When the operator applies the tractor brakes, the pressure in the circuit pilots the braking valve and the pressure at port B
increases proportionally to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Y1
P
T
Y1
N
Y2
Y2
B
B
D0021830
Fig.61 - Couplers
P - Valve supply
N - To auxiliary services control valve
B - To trailer brake
T - Exhaust
Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar (2900 psi)
Minimum constant pressure at port B: 0 bar (0 psi)
Maximum pressure at port B: 130135 bar (18851957.5 psi)
Oil supply flow rate: 2080 ,/min (5.3 - 8.7 US.gpm)
10-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-59 10-59
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
B
3
C
B-B
A
H
B
T
11 bar
A-A
2
C
BA
1
A
A
T
500 m
500 m
90 m
D0036590
Fig.62 - Services solenoid valve assembly

Components
1. PTO engagement solenoid valve
2. Differential lock engagement solenoid valve
3. Filter
Couplers
H - Oil supply (from holding valve unit)
T - Exhaust
A - To rear PTO engagement clutch
B - To rear PTO brake engagement clutch
C - To differential lock engagement device
10-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-60 10-60
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
Pressure holding valve unit
2
T
C-C
P1
C1
A-A
6
P
C
C1
5
21 bar
12 bar
5 bar
P1
2
B-B
H
D0036600
Fig.63 - Pressure holding valve unit

Components
1. Check valve
2. Services circuit supply pressure control valve
3. Cooler by-pass valve
4. Lubrication pressure control valve
5. Pressure control valve test point
6. Cooler by-pass valve pressure test point
Couplers
P1 - Oil supply
T - Exhaust
H - Services solenoid valve supply
L - To lubrication
C1 - To cooler
10-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-61 10-61
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
10-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-62 10-62
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
20 - CALIBRATIONS AND
ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-1 20-1
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC

20.1 - DIAGNOSTIC INSTRUMENT
20.1.1 - All Round Tester
Description
In order to be able to troubleshoot correctly, commission the tractor and check the electrical components of the lift and engine systems
work properly, the Technician has an instrument called the All Round Tester (hereinafter ART). Using the ART, the technician can:
display errors (faults) that have occurred;
carry out sensor calibration or setting procedures;
display data detected by the electronic control units (e.g. status of the sensors) managing the systems.
The exchange of data between the ART and the control units occurs by way of a diagnosis socket incorporated into the wiring
harnesses of the tractor. Accordingly, the ART comes with different types of interface cables for the different models and versions of
tractor being serviced, which must be used as indicated in the relative workshop manuals or on the CD supplied with the kit.
Description of the KIT

The ART is supplied to Authorised Workshops in a carrying case containing:
1
9
7
3
F0057690
Fig.64
Tab.10
POS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
1
2
5.9030.730.6/30
5.9030.730.0
5.9030.681.3/10
3
4
5
5.9030.681.7
5.9030.681.5
5.9030.681.4
Case, complete
All Round Tester
Diagnostic cable for BOSCH EHR4 rear hydraulic lift
Diagnosis and programming cable of electronic regulator, original type
Diagnosis cable of SBA system, original type
Adapter cable for radar connector
Adapter cable for wheel speed sensor connector
Cable for diagnostic socket *
20-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-2 20-2
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM

POS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
6
7
0.011.6178.4
0.011.5445.4
8
9
0.010.2154.2
307.1056.8/60
Adapter cable for diagnosis socket on armrest

Cable for connection to diagnosis socket in engine, gearbox, and lift control units
zone
EPROM port box
CD ROM
* As from 01/01/06 the cable has been modified to allow the All Round Tester to connect to all control units. Contact the Technical
Assistance Service for further information.
Notes on correct use

The ART is protected against battery polarity inversion, and positive or negative overvoltages of momentary duration (1 msec). Do not
attempt to connect the ART to non-dedicated sockets, and do not use trailing connections or extension cables. The display features
permanent backlighting in order to ensure visibility in all light conditions. A knob on the side allows adjustment of the contrast. If no
information appears on the display it may be that the knob is positioned in such a way that data displayed on the screen are not
visible. The tester operates correctly at temperatures between 0 and 40 C, and should be switched off every 30 minutes to maximise
its service life. Before disconnecting the ART from the diagnostic socket, turn the starter key to the O (OFF) position.
Description of the Tester
4
5
F0057700
Fig.65
The ART includes:
1. Liquid crystal display featuring permanent backlighting
2. 16-key alphanumeric keypad
3. Contrast adjustment knob. Used to adjust the contrast. If no information appears on the display it may be that the knob is
positioned in such a way that data reading field on the screen is not visible.
4. Parallel port (used to connect the ART to systems with electronic control units that do not have microprocessors).
5. Serial port (used to connect the ART to systems with electronic control units incorporating microprocessors).
General notes on connecting and powering up the Tester

1 To connect the tester to the tractor electronic system proceed as follows:
2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key;
3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket;
4 Put the key in the starter switch and turn it to I (ON).
20-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-3 20-3
6/21/2007 4:31:44 AM

5 When the ART powers up, a page appears showing an internal
test run by the instrument to check the battery charge. If the
voltage registers less than 10V, the ART does not have sufficient
power to connect to the control units, whereas if the value is
higher than 15V the instrument could be damaged. After a few
seconds, the tester attempts to connect to the electronic system
and displays a page (which may vary depending on the tractor or
the connector to which it is plugged), from which the technician
can choose to connect to a given control unit and test the
operation of the components.
Selection of the display language

1 The ART is able to display information in a number of different languages (factory setting: ENGLISH). To change the display
language, proceed as follows.
2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key
3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket
4 While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to I (ON).
5 Enter the password 1 2 3 F.
20-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-4 20-4
6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM

6 Press 1 - Language SEL..
7 Press C to change and then the key corresponding to the

desired language. In the example above, key 2 - ENGLISH was
pressed to select English.
Press E EXIT twice to quit
Turn the starter key to O (OFF) and disconnect the ART from
the diagnostic socket.
Configuring the serial ports

1 The tractor electronic systems to which the ART can be connected are different one from another and utilize different pinouts
at the diagnosis socket for interfacing purposes.
For this reason, the serial ports must first be configured so as to guarantee full compatibility of the ART with all SAME
electronic systems.
To change the serial ports configuration, proceed as follows.
2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key
3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket
4 While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to I (ON)
20-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-5 20-5
6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM

5 Enter the password 1 2 3 F.
6 Press 2 - Serial Ports.
7 Enable all the serial ports by pressing 1 - Port Enable seven

times.
Press E EXIT twice to quit.
Turn the starter key to O (OFF) and disconnect the ART from
the diagnostic socket.
20-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-6 20-6
6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM

20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the lift and engine control units
Connecting the tester to the electronic control units
1
WARNING
Before connecting the ART, switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
Connecting ART to the hydraulic lift and engine control units

1 Connect cable (1) (P/N. 5.9030.861.4) to the ART (2) (code.
5.9030.730.0).
Insert connector (3) in connector X62 located inside the LH
console.
1
3
Check that connectors (3) and X62 are securely connected.
2 Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to I (ON) to switch on the tester.
3 On power up, the ART(r) will perform the battery level test and
then display the following screen:
4 The technician should now press the key corresponding to the control unit to be tested.
5
WARNING
Do not start the engine unless this is required for subsequent operations.
20-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-7 20-7
6/21/2007 4:31:46 AM

20.2 - INTRODUCTION TO THE TRACTOR&AP;S ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
20.2.1 - Introduction to the tractors electronic system
Instrument panel
The instrument panel installed on these tractors is designed and programmed to manage and display the information needed by
the operator to control the operation of the tractor in various work conditions, displaying the performance values in real time and
signal any faults detected by the ECU and transmission control unit by means of the display located on the right-hand side. The
instrument panel comprises a single unit that mounts three digital displays supplying information by means of a text message display
and analogue instruments showing engine revs, fuel level, etc. The instrument panel also incorporates indicator lights showing the
operating status of various tractor systems, or the presence of faults (e.g. clogged oil filters, etc.). In addition, engine preheating is
controlled from the instrument panel.
Fig.66
Description of the preheating system

The preheating system is managed by a logic system in the instrument panel and it is designed to ensure that the engine starts
correctly when the coolant temperature is below +30C. A special feature of the system is that the preheating cycle is enabled
manually by the operator and only if the coolant temperature is below 30 C. The preheating cycle does not terminate with the starting
of the engine, but continues for a certain time through a so-called postheating phase that heats the combustion air drawn into the
engine in order to reduce the amount of white exhaust smoke typically produced during this stage. The air drawn into the engine is
preheated by a heating element (flange located on the intake manifold containing an electrical resistance). The instrument panel,
powered on when the starter key is turned, indicates the preheating operation by means of a yellow light, and ensures the system
operation by means of a series of sensors and air preheating device. The sensors connected to the control unit are as follows; the
coolant temperature sensor (specific for the preheating system) and the alternator, which transmits the W signal, starter key (which
transmits the engine start signal) and the Preheating pushbutton. The preheating device is comprised of a relay feeding power to
the heating element and the heating element itself.
Operation
Operation of the preheating device is automatic, and the device is activated only when the coolant temperature is below 30C. When
the operator turns the key to I (ON) without starting the engine, the instrument panel reads the temperature of the coolant and, if
lower than +30C, illuminates the yellow indicator light (flashing) thereby alerting the operator to the fact that that the engine should
only be started on completion of the preheating phase. The operator must therefore wait for around 10 seconds before attempting
to start the engine (this is the time required for completion of the preheating phase). On termination of the preheating phase, the
operator can start the engine and, as soon as it receives the W signal from the alternator, the control unit starts the postheating phase
(flashing yellow light). The duration of the postheating phase can vary between 35 seconds to a maximum of 320 seconds, depending
on the the temperature of the coolant.
20-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-8 20-8
6/21/2007 4:31:46 AM

Important:
The control unit activates the post-heating phase only after receiving the W signal indicating that the engine is running
and that the battery charging warning light off.
If the red battery charging warning light does not go out, due, for example, to the engine idle speed being too low, the post-heating
phase will not be activated. If the engine start attempt is unsuccessful, in order to repeat the start procedure the operator must
return the starter key to O (OFF) and then repeat the procedure from the beginning. The instrument panel features a self-diagnostic
function and in the event of malfunctioning of the components it manages it informs the operator of the fault by means of a coded
message shown on the right-hand display.
5K
3K
20 15
7 8 13 19
15 21
14
125A
F104
F9
15A
F1
+30
5A
3A
+50
F8
+15
X5
1 2
2 1
RL42
+30
D0036630
Fig.67
1.
2.
3.
4.
Alternator
Preheater power relay
Preheating device
Engine coolant temperature sensor.
20-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-9 20-9
6/21/2007 4:31:47 AM

20.3 - PUTTING THE TRACTOR INTO SERVICE
20.3.1 - Putting the tractor into service
introduction
This chapter contains all the information required to establish or restore correct operation of the tractors various electronic systems.
Whenever an electronic control unit of the tractor is changed or a calibration-sensitive electronic component replaced, the tractor
must be put into service as if from new. The necessary procedures must be carried out by a skilled technician, who in turn must follow
the instructions in the manual precisely.
Renewal of the instrument panel

Each time the instrument panel is renewed, the Technician must carry out these operations:
Programming the type of tractor
enter the wheels constant
set speed conversion factors
The tractor type and wheels constant settings serve to inform the ECU of the parameters to be used to display information. To perform
the configuration, connect the ART to the connector on the left-hand side of the instrument panel, then select the instrument panel
(CLUSTER) from the AVAILABLE TESTS menu and proceed as described.
Programming the type of tractor

1 From the opening menu press E to open the MAIN MENU.
2 From the main menu, press 2 - CALIBRATION to open the
PARAMETERS MENU.
20-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-10 20-10
6/21/2007 4:31:47 AM

3 From the parameters menu press 1- PARAMETERS on the
ART.
4 From the calibrations menu, press 3 - CONFIGURAT..
5 Enter parameter 7 corresponding to the tractor to be

configured.
Press E to save the value and C to confirm and return to the
main menu.
20-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-11 20-11
6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM

enter the wheels constant
PARAMETERS MENU.

ART.
20-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-12 20-12
6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM

4 From the calibrations menu, press 1 - WHEELS(mm).
5 Type the WHEELS parameter recording the value corresponding

to the tyre fitted on the rear of the tractor according to the following
table:
6 Tab.11
TYRE
13.6 R38
14.9 R 38
16.9 R30
16.9 R34
16.9 R38
18.4 R30
18.4 R34
230/95 R44
230/95 R48
340/85 R38
380/85 R38
420/85 R30
420/85 R34
CONSTANT
85HP
100 HP
5098
5429
5168
5277
5064
5098
5429
5064
4671
4518
4735
4348
4489
4640
4348
4671
4489
4640
20-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-13 20-13
6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM

TYRE
420/85 R38
460/85 R30
460/85 R34
480/70 R30
480/70 R34
480/70 R38
520/70 R34
520/70 R34
540/65 R30
540/65 R34
540/65 R38
CONSTANT
85HP
100 HP
5429
5064
5429
5064
-
4348
4489
4640
4348
4489
4489
4640
4348
Press E to save the value and C to confirm and return to the main menu.
set speed conversion factors

PARAMETERS MENU.
20-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-14 20-14
6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM

ART.
4 From the calibrations menu, press 4 - SPEED(1=MPH).
5 Enter 0 to display the speed values according to the metric

system (km/h) or 1 to display the speed values according to the
Imperial system (mph).
Press E to save the value and C to confirm and return to the
main menu.
20-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-15 20-15
6/21/2007 4:31:49 AM

20.4 - ECU ALARMS
20.4.1 - Instrument panel alarms
The instrument panel signals any malfunctioning of the components it manages to the operator with the display on the right-hand
side. Faults are indicated using a system of coded flash sequences that identify the device affected.
List of alarms signalled on the ALARM light

Tab.12
CODE ON
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
DISPLAY ON ART
ALARM DESCRIPTION
I18
I19
I20
I21
18
19
20
21
I22
I23
I24
I25
I26
22
23
24
25
26
I32
I33
I34
I35
I36
I37
I38
I39
I40
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is short-circuiting to ground.
The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is shorting to a positive feed.
The instrument panel indicates that the fuel level sensor is short-circuiting to battery positive.
The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the W
signal).
Alarm available but not utilized
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is disconnected.
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to ground.
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive.
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive
or disconnected.
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is on, even though it should be off.
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is off, even though it should be on.
List of alarms displayed on the ART@

Tab.13
DISPLAY ON ART
CODE ON
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
ALARM DESCRIPTION
18
19
20
21
I18
I19
I20
I21
22
23
24
25
I22
I23
I24
I25
The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the W
signal).
20-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-16 20-16
6/21/2007 4:31:49 AM

DISPLAY ON ART
CODE ON
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
ALARM DESCRIPTION
26
I26
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
I32
I33
I34
I35
I36
I37
I38
I39
I40
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive
or disconnected.
Display on ART@: 18
Code on instrument panel: I18
Description
Inspection
Check that the contacts on connector 35 of the instrument panel and X5 of the refrigerant temperature sensor are not
oxidized and are firmly secured.
Check that the temperature sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
With the starter key in the O (OFF) position and connector 35 disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test
meter to pin 2 of connector X5 and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter
reading: infinity).
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to O (OFF) and then back to the I (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the control unit must be renewed
5K
13 20 21
4 14 15 21
3K
5A
F1
15A
F9
9 3
+12/30
+12/30
+12/15
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
GND
TEMP.
0.014.8628. 4
+15
+30
G2
G3
G1
3 4
X5
1 4 3 2
28
X10
1 2
t
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.68
20-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-17 20-17
6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM

Display on ART@: 19
Description
Inspection
Check that the contacts on connector 3K of the instrument panel and X5 of the refrigerant temperature sensor are not
oxidized and are firmly secured.
With the starter key in position I (ON) and connector 3K disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin
2 of connector X5 and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter reading:
0 V).
present, the control unit must be renewed.
5K
13 20 21
4 14 15 21
3K
5A
F1
15A
F9
9 3
+12/30
+12/30
+12/15
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
GND
TEMP.
0.014.8628. 4
+15
+30
G2
G3
G1
3 4
X5
1 4 3 2
28
X10
1 2
t
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.69
Display on ART@: 20
Description
Inspection
Check that the contacts on connector 5K of the instrument panel and X10 of the fuel level sensor are not oxidized and are
firmly secured.
With the starter key in position I (ON) and connector 5K disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to
pin 3 of connector X10 and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter
reading: 0 V).
20-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-18 20-18
6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM
5K
13 20 21
+12/30
+12/30
+12/15
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
GND
TEMP.
0.014.8628. 4
4 14 15 21
5A
F1
15A
F9
3K
+15
+30
9 3
G2
G3
G1
3 4
X5
1 4 3 2
28
X10
1 2
t
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.70
Display on ART@: 21
Description
The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the W signal).
Inspection
With the starter key in position O (OFF) and connector 5K disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to
connector W of the alternator and to pin 24 of connector 5K and perform a resistance test to check for electrical continuity
(test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
13 24
14
GND
5K
15 21
G1
3K
F1
15A
5A
F9
+12/30
Check that the alternator is functioning correctly.
+12/30
+12/15
Check that the contacts on connector 5K of the instrument panel and W of the alternator are not oxidized and are firmly
secured.
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
B-
B+
D+
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036651
Fig.71
20-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-19 20-19
6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM

Display on ART@: 23
Description
Inspection
13
15
19
14
11
12 9
2 1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
3K
F1
5A
F9
3A
F8
15 21
15A
5K
+12/30
With the starter key in the O (OFF) position and connector 5K disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 2 of connector RL42 and pin 19 of connector 5K and test the resistance to check for continuity (meter reading: 0
Ohm).
+12/30
+12/15
Check that the preheating control relay is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
PREHEATING RELE
GND
Check that the contacts on connector 5K of the instrument panel and RL42 of the preheating control relay are not oxidised
and are firmly secured.
PREHEATING
+30
RL42
X113
A
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.72
Display on ART@: 24
Description
Inspection
With the starter key in position O (OFF) and connector 5K disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 2 of connector RL42 and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter
reading: infinity).
20-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-20 20-20
6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM
+12/15
15
19
14
11
12 9
2 1
3K
15A
5A
F1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
15 21
F9
3A
F8
+12/30
PREHEATING RELE
13
+12/30
GND
5K
PREHEATING
+30
X113
RL42
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.73
Display on ART@: 25
Description
Inspection
13
15
19
14
11
12 9
2 1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
3K
F1
5A
F9
3A
F8
15 21
15A
5K
+12/30
pin 2 of connector RL42 and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter
reading: 0 V).
+12/30
+12/15
PREHEATING RELE
GND
PREHEATING
+30
RL42
X113
A
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.74
20-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-21 20-21
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM

Display on ART@: 26
Description
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive or disconnected.
Inspection
With the starter key in position O (OFF) and connector 5K disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 2 of connector RL42 and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter
reading: infinity).
13
15
19
14
11
12 9
2 1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
3K
F1
5A
F9
3A
F8
15 21
15A
5K
+12/30
reading: 0 V).
+12/30
+12/15
PREHEATING RELE
GND
PREHEATING
+30
RL42
X113
A
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.75
Display on ART@: 36
Description
Inspection
Check that the contacts on connector 5K of the instrument panel and RL42 of the preheating control relay are not oxidized
20-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-22 20-22
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
19
14
11
12 9
2 1
3K
5A
F1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
15 21
F9
3A
F8
+12/30
15
+12/30
13
15A
5K
+12/15
PREHEATING RELE
GND
reading: 0 V).
PREHEATING
+30
RL42
X113
A
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.76
Display on ART@: 37
Description
Inspection
Check that the contacts on connector 5K of the instrument panel and RL42 of the preheating control relay are not oxidized
Connect a test meter to connector X113 of the pre-heating device and to pin 15 of connector 5K and, with the diodes test,
check that the diode is functioning (place the negative prod of the meter on pin 15 of connector 5K and the positive prod on
connector X113).
20-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-23 20-23
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
+12/15
15
19
14
11
12 9
2 1
3K
15A
5A
F1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
15 21
F9
3A
F8
+12/30
PREHEATING RELE
13
+12/30
GND
5K
PREHEATING
+30
RL42
X113
A
0.014.8629. 4
0.015.1597. 4
D0036661
Fig.77
20-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-24 20-24
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
30 - METHOD
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-1 30-1
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
METHOD
30.1 - ENGINE
30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01)
See para. 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-31 - (C0.06.01)
Separating the engine from the transmission

1
DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal () of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screw (1) and remove bracket (2).

Disconnect pipes (3).
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.

1
F0120520
3 For versions with front PTO

Disconnect cable clamp (5) from battery positive terminal (4).
5
Disconnect relay support assy (7) from battery support (6).
4 For versions with air conditioning

Disconnect air conditioning pipes (8) and (9).
30-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-2 30-2
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
METHOD
5 For versions with cab
Remove nuts (10) and disconnect pipes (11) and (12) from
bracket (13).
Loosen clamps (14) and disconnect heater pipes (15).
6 For all versions

Disconnect connectors (16), remove screw (17) and move brake
and clutch fluid compensation tank (18) towards the rear of the
tractor.
16
18
17
7 Remove screw (19) and move bracket (13) forwards.
19
13
8 Loosen nut (20) and remove clamp (21).

21
20
30-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-3 30-3
6/21/2007 4:31:52 AM
METHOD
9 Disconnect connector (22) and power connectors (23).
22
23
10 Loosen clamps (24) and (25). Disconnect fuel delivery and return
pipes (26) and (27).
26
25
24
27
11 Disconnect accelerator cable (28).
28
12 Remove screws (29) and tilt hood support (30) towards the front
of the tractor.
30
29
29
30-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-4 30-4
6/21/2007 4:31:54 AM
METHOD
13 Remove surround (31).
31
14 For versions with trailer air braking

32
Remove union (32) and disconnect pipe (33) from compressor

(34).
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.

33
34
15 For versions with front lift control only
35
Disconnect pipes (35), remove screw (36) and overturn valves

assy (37) towards the front of the tractor.
36

Before disconnecting pipes (35), close valves (37)
(turning counterclockwise) and operate lift control lever to
discharge all residual pressure in the circuit.
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities.
37
16 Position a trolley jack A under the engine sump and a stand B

under the clutch housing.
Drive two wedges C between the front axle support and the
axle to prevent the engine dropping when it is moved.
30-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-5 30-5
6/21/2007 4:31:55 AM
METHOD
17 Remove screw (38) and nuts (39) (n2) on both sides.
39
38
18 Remove upper screws (40) and separate the engine from the
clutch housing by applying force to both front wheels.
40
Connection
Connect transmission and engine by performing the separation steps in reverse order:
Procedure 22
To facilitate instillation of the shafts, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions.
Before inserting the transmission input shaft in the clutch assembly, insert the rear PTO control shaft and make sure that it is
correctly engaged in the flywheel.
Screws: M12 = 1025 Nm - M16 = 25412 Nm
Nuts: 25412 Nm
Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces.
Mating surfaces and dowels: oil
Procedure 6
Delivery (5/8-18UNF):
13.620.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
Return (7/8-14UNF):
35.342.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
Bleed the air from the hydraulic clutch system.

Bleed the air from the brake circuits.
30-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-6 30-6
6/21/2007 4:31:56 AM
METHOD
30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01)
See para. 30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor... - Page 30-16 - (C0.01.01)
See para. 30.5.1 - Front carrier - Page 30-180 - (F0.01.01)
See para. 30.1.1 - Engine - Separatio... - Page 30-2 - (B0.00.02)
REMOVAL

1
F0120520

Disconnect cable clamp (5) from battery positive terminal (4).
5
Disconnect relay support assy (7) from battery support (6).

Disconnect air conditioning pipes (8) and (9).
30-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-7 30-7
6/21/2007 4:31:56 AM
METHOD
Remove nuts (10) and disconnect pipes (11) and (12) from
bracket (13).
5 For all versions

tractor.
16
18
17
6 Remove screw (19) and move bracket (13) forwards.
19
13
7 Loosen nut (20) and remove clamp (21).

21
20
30-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-8 30-8
6/21/2007 4:31:57 AM
METHOD
8 Disconnect connector (22) and power connectors (23).
22
23
9 Loosen clamps (24) and (25). Disconnect fuel delivery and return
pipes (26) and (27).
26
25
24
27
10 Disconnect accelerator cable (28).
28
of the tractor.
30
29
29
30-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-9 30-9
6/21/2007 4:31:58 AM
METHOD
31

32
Remove union (32) and disconnect pipe (33) from compressor

(34).

33
34
14 Position a stand A under the clutch housing.
15 Remove screw (35) and nuts (36) (n2) on both sides.

36
35
30-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-10 30-10
6/21/2007 4:31:59 AM
METHOD
16 Position a suitable jack under engine (37).
37
17 Remove the two upper screws (38) (n2) and remove engine
assembly (37).
38
37
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 17
To facilitate instillation of the shafts, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions.
Before inserting the transmission input shaft in the clutch assembly, insert the rear PTO control shaft and make sure that it is
correctly engaged in the flywheel.
Procedures 15-17
Screws: M12 = 1025 Nm - M16 = 25412 Nm

Nuts: 25412 Nm
Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces.
Mating surfaces and dowels: oil
Procedure 3
13.620.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
Return (7/8-14UNF):
35.342.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
Bleed the air from the brake circuits.
30-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-11 30-11
6/21/2007 4:32:00 AM
METHOD
30.1.3 - Fan belt
Removal
1
DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen nut (1) and unscrew tie rod (2) to de-tension drive belt
(3).
1

Using a pin punch, remove dowel (4) and withdraw PTO drive
shaft (5) towards the rear of the tractor.
4 For all versions

Remove the drive belt.
Installation
1 Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
2 Procedure 2
Adjust the tension of the fan drive belt.
30-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-12 30-12
6/21/2007 4:32:01 AM
METHOD
30.1.4 - Tensioning the fan drive belt
Tensioning
1
Before adjusting the tension, carefully examine the drive belt for signs of wear. The belt must be renewed immediately
at the first sign of cracking, fraying or separation of the plies.
Always replace both drive belts at the same time.

DANGER
If new drive belts are fitted, re-adjust the tension after approx. 50 operating hours.
2 Loosen nuts (1) and screws (2).
1
2
1
3 Tighten tie-rod (3) forcing it gradually until obtaining belt deflection

of 1015 mm (0.4-0.6 in.) when applying a load of 10 kg (22 lb.)
on the long section of the belt
In the case of a new belt, deflection should be 79 mm

(0.276 - 0.355 in.).
Lock compressor (4) in place and re-check belt tension
30-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-13 30-13
6/21/2007 4:32:02 AM
METHOD
30.1.5 - Alternator and fuel pump drive belt
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Loosen screws (1) and (2) securing the fuel pump, disengage
alternator drive belt (3) and remove it by passing it between the
bottom of the crankshaft pulley and the front axle support.
1
2
Installation
1 Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
Adjust drive belt tension.
30-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-14 30-14
6/21/2007 4:32:03 AM
METHOD
30.1.6 - Alternator and fuel pump belt tensioning
Tensioning
1 Tension the belt using a T bar with a 3/4 drive extension, or a
3/4 angle drive bar inserted in the aperture in the support of fuel
pump (1).
Tension the drive belt by turning the bar clockwise and then
tighten down screws (2) and (3).
3
F0078106
2 To check that the tension is correct, use the tool and procedure
indicated in the engine manual.
Static deflection A on first fitting
13 mm belt: 45050 N
Static deflection A after 15 minutes
13 mm belt: 30050 N
DANGER
This check should be carried out with the engine
cold.
F0077882
30-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-15 30-15
6/21/2007 4:32:04 AM
METHOD
30.2 - ENGINE ACCESSORIES
30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor without front PTO (C0.01.01)
Removal
1
DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and remove surround (2).
1
1
2
F0120060
3 Disconnect battery leads (3).
First disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal

(-) and then from the positive terminal (+).
F0120070
4 Remove screws (4), bracket (5) and battery (6).

6
4
F0120080
30-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-16 30-16
6/21/2007 4:32:05 AM
METHOD
7
F0120090
6 Remove screws (9) (n3) and screws (10) (n2) then tilt the
hydraulic oil cooler (11) towards the rear of the tractor.
11
9
10
F0120100
7 Loosen clamp (12) and disconnect pipe (13).

13
12
F0120120
8 Remove screws (14) and tilt fuel cooler (15) towards the rear of
the tractor.
15
14
14
F0120110
30-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-17 30-17
6/21/2007 4:32:06 AM
METHOD
9 Loosen clamp (16) and remove screws (17).
17
17
16
F0120130
10 Loosen clamps (18) and remove air intake hose (19).
18
19
F0120140
11 Remove screws (20).

20
F0120150
12 Loosen clamps (21) and disconnect sleeves (22) from cooler

(23).
22
23
21
F0120160
30-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-18 30-18
6/21/2007 4:32:08 AM
METHOD
13 Remove screw (24) on both sides and remove cooler assy (23).
24
23
F0120170
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
Fill the engine cooling system with coolant.

Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to circulate; check the system for leaks.
Stop the engine and top up the coolant level.
30-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-19 30-19
6/21/2007 4:32:09 AM
METHOD
30.2.2 - RADIATOR - Tractor with front PTO (C0.01.01)
Removal
1
DANGER
1
1
2
F0120060

3
4 Loosen clamp (5).
30-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-20 30-20
6/21/2007 4:32:10 AM
METHOD
5 Loosen clips (6) and remove air intake hose (7).
6 Remove pipes (8) from cooler (9).

9
7 Remove screws (10) (1 per side) and remove the cooler.

10
8 Remove screws (11) (n2) on each side and tip hydraulic oil
cooler (12) towards the rear.
12
11
30-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-21 30-21
6/21/2007 4:32:11 AM
METHOD
9 Loosen clamp (13) and disconnect pipe (14).
14
13
10 Remove screws (15) and tilt fuel cooler (16) towards the rear of
the tractor.
16
15
15

17
12 Loosen clamps (18) and disconnect sleeves (19) from cooler

(20).
19
20
18
30-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-22 30-22
6/21/2007 4:32:13 AM
METHOD
13 Remove screw (21) on both sides and remove cooler assy (20).
21
20
Installation
Fill the engine cooling system with coolant.

Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to circulate; check the system for leaks.
Stop the engine and top up the coolant level.
30-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-23 30-23
6/21/2007 4:32:14 AM
METHOD
30.2.3 - Changing the coolant and flushing the circuit
Clean the cooling system using a specific detergent.
CAUTION
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is still hot. The radiator is under pressure when hot, and if opened,
boiling liquid and steam can escape and cause serious injury to yourself and anyone else in the vicinity. Before
removing the radiator cap, stop the engine and wait for the circuit to cool down.
Procedure for changing the coolant and flushing the circuit

1 Park the tractor on level ground.
The engine must be switched off and the coolant cold.
2 Place a suitable receptacle under the plug.
3 Drain the cooling system by opening the plug on the righthand side of the engine (only for tractors not equipped with air
conditioning).
4 Move the receptacle under the radiator.

5 Drain the radiator by removing the the drain plug on the bottom
left-hand side.
WARNING
Always respect environmental protection
regulations. Any fluid (oil, diesel, coolant) or filters
and batteries must be disposed of in accordance
with the applicable regulations.
30-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-24 30-24
6/21/2007 4:32:15 AM
METHOD
6 Close the plugs opened beforehand, fill the circuit with detergent
mixture via the filler (2) located on the reservoir (1), (if the tractor
is equipped with a cab heating system it is necessary for it to
be set on maximum so that the detergent mixture will circulate
inside it too).
2
1
7 Start the engine and allow to it run for approx. one and a half hours;
IMPORTANT:
When the engine is running, check that the detergent mixture does not drop under the minimum level in the
reservoir.
8 Switch off the engine, drain the system and then fill it with water; then start the engine again bring it up to a speed of approx.
1000 rpm. and leave it running for 5 minutes;
9 Drain the system once again;
10 Refill the circuit with coolant, run the engine for a few minutes and then top up the system if necessary.
30-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-25 30-25
6/21/2007 4:32:15 AM
METHOD
30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01)
See para. 30.11.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-405 - (S0.02.01)
Removal
1
DANGER
Do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity during the removal, refitting and filling of the fuel tank.
DANGER
Wipe up any spilt fuel immediately before someone slips on it.
DANGER
2 Remove screws (1) and remove cab access left step (2).
F0120550
3 Position suitable lifting equipment under tank (3) and apply a

slight lifting force.
3
F0081230
30-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-26 30-26
6/21/2007 4:32:16 AM
METHOD
4 Remove nut (4) and remove lower tank support pin (5).
4
F0081240
5 Remove screw (6) and pin (7).

6
7
F0081250
6 Remove pin (8) supporting tank (3).

8
F0120560
7 Lower tank (3) slowly by about 10 cm.
3
F0120570
30-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-27 30-27
6/21/2007 4:32:16 AM
METHOD
8 Disconnect fuel level sensor connector (9).
9
Loosen hose clamp (10) and disconnect hose (11).
Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt.
11
10
F0120580
9 Loosen clamp (12), disconnect hose (13) and remove tank (3).
Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt.
13
3
12
Installation
30-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-28 30-28
6/21/2007 4:32:18 AM
METHOD
30.2.5 - Starter motor
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove nut (1), disconnect lead (2) from starter motor (3) and
remove cover (4).
F0120180
3 Remove extension (5), disconnect cables (6) and remove cover

(7).
F0120190
4 Remove screw (8) and disconnect cable (9).

8
9
F0120200
30-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-29 30-29
6/21/2007 4:32:18 AM
METHOD
5 Remove the two nuts (10) and remove starter motor (3).
10
3
F0120210
Installation
Procedure 4
Screw: 11.3 Nm (0.74-0.96 lb.ft.)
Procedure 3
Extension: 1620 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
Procedure 2
Nut: 1620 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
30-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-30 30-30
6/21/2007 4:32:19 AM
METHOD
30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.01)
Removal
1 Remove screw (1).
F0120380
2 Slacken off collar (2) and remove exhaust pipe (3).

3
2
F0120390
Installation
30-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-31 30-31
6/21/2007 4:32:20 AM
METHOD
30.3 - TRANSMISSION
30.3.1 - Parking brake
Disassembly
1
DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-).
2 Remove circlip (1).
Mark the relative positions of lever (2) and cam (3).
3 Withdraw lever (2) and remove cam (3).
Check the condition of O-ring (4) and renew it if

necessary.
4 Using a slide hammer puller, remove pin (5).
30-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-32 30-32
6/21/2007 4:32:20 AM
METHOD
5 Remove reaction plate (6) and friction plate (7).
6 Remove intermediate friction plates (8) and friction plate (9).
7 Remove circlip (10) and remove steel discs (11).

11
10
F0085770
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedures 5-6
Friction plates: Transmission oil
30-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-33 30-33
6/21/2007 4:32:22 AM
METHOD
30.3.2 - Clutch plate
Removal and renewal of the clutch plate
1
DANGER
2 Insert a suitable dowel into the centre hole of the clutch

assembly.
Remove screws (1).
F0120760
3 Remove clutch assembly (2).
Loosen the bolts gradually in a crosswise sequence.

2
Remove clutch plate (3).
Note that the clutch plate is oriented with the smooth

shoes facing the clutch unit and the grooved shoes facing
the flywheel.
F0120770
Checking clutch plate wear

1 Check that the thickness of the clutch plate is within the prescribed
tolerance limits and there is no sign of burning.
Clutch plate thickness S (for 85HP P/N. 0.014.9016.3):
standard measurement: 8.50.4 mm

Limit: 5.50.4 mm
Clutch plate thickness S (for 100HP P/N. 0.012.7095.3/10):
standard measurement: 10.60.4 mm

Limit: 7.60.4 mm
D0028140
30-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-34 30-34
6/21/2007 4:32:23 AM
METHOD
Refitting the clutch plate
30-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-35 30-35
6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM
METHOD
30.3.3 - Clutch thrust bearing
Renewal
1 Withdraw sleeve assy (1).
Position the sleeve assembly under a press and, using a suitable
tool, separate thrust bearing (2) from hub (1).
F0068260
2 Fit thrust bearing (2) on sleeve (1).
Take care to install bearing (2) the right way round.
2
1
F0068271
3 Grease hub (1) and install it on guide sleeve (3), making sure that it is installed the right way round in relation to release fork
(4).
Sleeve: Molikote
30-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-36 30-36
6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM
METHOD
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-26 - (C0.03.01)

1 Remove the four lower screws (1).
F0120840
2 Position a trolley jack A under the clutch housing and a stand

B under the transmission.
Force a stand C under the towing hitch to prevent the
transmission toppling over.
3 Remove split pin (2), remove pin (3) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod
(4).
3
2
F0120850
30-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-37 30-37
6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM
METHOD
4 Remove screws (5) and (6) and remove support assy (7).
5 Loosen nut (8) and remove cover (9).

8
9
F0120870
6 Disconnect pipe (10) from resonator (11).
Plug the pipe and port to prevent impurities getting in.
11
10
F0120880
7 Loosen union (12).

12
F0120890
30-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-38 30-38
6/21/2007 4:32:25 AM
METHOD
8 Remove nut (13).
13
9 Remove screws (14) and remove relay assy (15).
15
14
F0120910
10 Loosen unions (16).

16
11 Remove union (17).
17
30-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-39 30-39
6/21/2007 4:32:27 AM
METHOD
12 Loosen unions (18) and disconnect brakes pipes (19).
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
18
19
F0120940
13 Remove the remaining screws (20).
20
14 Separate clutch housing (21) from transmission (22) by pushing

on both front wheels.
21
22
F0120960
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures.
Procedure 14
Mating face: Silastic
D0037040
30-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-40 30-40
6/21/2007 4:32:28 AM
METHOD
Procedures 5-13-18
Nut: 784 Nm (57.53.0 lb.ft.)

Screws: 703 Nm (51.62.2 lb.ft.)
30-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-41 30-41
6/21/2007 4:32:29 AM
METHOD

1 Remove the four lower screws (1).
F0120840
2 Position a trolley jack A under the clutch housing and a stand

B under the transmission.
Force a stand C under the towing hitch to prevent the
transmission toppling over.
3 Remove nut (2), screws (3) and clamp (4).

Remove nuts (5).
4
3
5
30-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-42 30-42
6/21/2007 4:32:29 AM
METHOD
4 Remove screw (6) and tilt resonator (7) towards the rear of the
tractor.
6
7
5 Remove screws (8) and remove cover (9).
8
9
6 Remove split pin (10), remove pin (11) and disconnect tie rod
(12) of the 4WD engagement control.
12
10
7 Remove screws (13) and (14) and remove carrier assembly

(15).
11
14
13
15
14
30-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-43 30-43
6/21/2007 4:32:30 AM
METHOD
8 Loosen union (16).
16
9 Remove nut (17).
17
10 For versions with front lift control only:

Disconnect front lift control pipes (18).
18
19
Remove union (19) and overturn pipe (20) towards the rear.
20
30-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-44 30-44
6/21/2007 4:32:31 AM
METHOD
12 Remove screws (21) and remove relay assy. (22).
21
22
21
13 Loosen unions (23).

22
24
15 Loosen unions (25) and disconnect brake pipes (26).
26
25
30-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-45 30-45
6/21/2007 4:32:32 AM
METHOD
16 Remove the remaining screws (27).
27
17 Separate clutch housing (28) from transmission (29) by pushing

on both front wheels.
28
29
Installation
Procedure 16
D0027970
Procedures 5-13-20
Screws: 703 Nm (51.62.2 lb.ft.)

Nut: 784 Nm (57.53.0 lb.ft.)
30-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-46 30-46
6/21/2007 4:32:34 AM
METHOD
30.3.6 - Gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit (D0.09.03)
See para. 30.3.4 - Clutch housing - a... - Page 30-37 - (D0.02.01) - (Agrofarm 85)
See para. 30.3.5 - Clutch housing - a... - Page 30-42 - (D0.02.01) - (Agrofarm 100)
See para. 30.3.29 - Changing transmis... - Page 30-127 - (D0.00.01)
Removal
1 Remove screw (1) and nut (2) and remove lever (3).
2
1
3
F0120970
2 Remove screws (4) and remove gear control lever (5).
4
F0120980
3 Remove screws (6) (n10) and remove gearbox assembly (7).
6
6
7
F0120990
30-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-47 30-47
6/21/2007 4:32:35 AM
METHOD
Installation
Procedure 3
Mating face: Silastic 738
D0027990
Procedure 2
Mating faces: Silastic 738
D0027980
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.

Bleed the air from the clutch control circuit.
Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
30-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-48 30-48
6/21/2007 4:32:36 AM
METHOD
30.3.7 - Disassembly of gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit
Disassembly
1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove cover (2).
Renew the paper gasket (3) on reassembly.
1
F0096680
2 Engage 1st gear, and using a bar A made of soft material as a

restraint, remove screw (4).
4
F0096690
3 Remove cover (5) and recover O-ring (6).

necessary.
6
5
F0096700
4 Remove screw (7) and remove 1st speed selector rod (8) and
synchronizer assy (9).
Renew the screw (7) on reassembly.
7
F0096710
30-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-49 30-49
6/21/2007 4:32:36 AM
METHOD
5 Remove circlip (10) and remove 1st speed driving gear (11).
10
11
F0096720
6 Remove sleeve (12) and 1st speed driven gear (13).

13
12
F0096730
7 Remove thrust washer (14).
Note which way round the thrust washer (14) is installed.

14
F0096740
8 Remove plug (15) and recover spring (16) and ball (17).
16
15
17
F0087481
30-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-50 30-50
6/21/2007 4:32:37 AM
METHOD
9 Remove screw (18) and remove reverse shuttle control rod (19)
and relative fork (20).
18
20
19
F0098300
10 Remove screws (21) and (22) securing 1st, 2nd and 3rd speed
selector fork (23) and 4th and 5th speed selector fork (24).
24
Fit new screws on reassembly.
21
22
23
F0096750
11 Open circlip (25) and simultaneously strike input shaft (26) with a
soft mallet to separate bearing (27) from circlip (25).
25
27
26
F0098310
12 Using a soft mallet, strike in sequence input shaft (26), main shaft
(28) and secondary shaft (29) to dislodge them from gearbox
support (30).
26
28
30
29
F0098320
Assembly
30-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-51 30-51
6/21/2007 4:32:38 AM
METHOD
Procedure 4
Take care to install synchronizer (9) the right way round with
respect to secondary shaft (29).
Procedures 4-10
Screws: 25 Nm (18.4 lb.ft.)

Bolt: Loctite 270
Procedure 2
Bolt: 731 Nm (53.80.74 lb.ft.)

Bolt: Loctite 270
F0098330
30-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-52 30-52
6/21/2007 4:32:40 AM
METHOD
30.3.8 - Gearbox support and gear selector rods
Disassembly
1 Remove plugs (1) and recover springs (2) and balls (3).

3
2
1
3
2
F0083011
2 Remove plug (4) and withdraw 1st speed selector rod (5).
4
F0083020
3 Recover interlock pin (6) and withdraw 2nd/3rd speed selector

rod (7).
F0083030
4 Recover interlock pin (8).
F0083040
30-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-53 30-53
6/21/2007 4:32:40 AM
METHOD
5 Remove bearing (9), recover spring (10) and ball (11) and
withdraw 4th/5th speed selector rod (12).
6 Open circlip (13) and remove bearing (15) from gearbox support
(14).
14
13
15
F0083071
Assembly
Procedure 5
Take care to install 4th/5th speed selector rod (12) the right way
round.
12
F0086980
Procedure 3
Take care to install 2nd/3rd speed selector rod (7) the right way
round.
7
F0083090
30-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-54 30-54
6/21/2007 4:32:41 AM
METHOD
Procedure 2
Take care to install 1st speed selector rod (5) the right way
round.
F0083080
30-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-55 30-55
6/21/2007 4:32:42 AM
METHOD
30.3.9 - Shuttle shaft
15
14
10
13
11
12
7
5
4
3
2
1
D0023941
Fig.78 - Shuttle shaft
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove spacer (2).
1
F0086911
30-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-56 30-56
6/21/2007 4:32:43 AM
METHOD
2 Using a puller, remove bearing (3).
F0086921
3 Using two screwdrivers as levers, prise off thrust washer (4).
F0086931
4 Remove gear (5), driver ring (6) and synchronizer ring (7).
5
F0086941
5 Remove circlip (8) and remove synchronizer (9) complete with

synchronizer ring (10) and driver ring (11).
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
9
8
11
10
F0086951
30-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-57 30-57
6/21/2007 4:32:43 AM
METHOD
6 Remove circlip (12) and remove gear (13).

12
13
F0086961
7 Remove thrust washer (14) and circlip (15).
14
15
F0086971
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures.
Procedure 3
Take care to install synchronizer (16) the right way round.
16
D0024711
Procedure 1
Temporarily fit circlip (8) and, using a feeler gauge, measure

dimension A.
e.g: A = 2.85 mm
From the available spacers, select the one with thickness nearest
to but below the measured dimension A.
e.g: A = 2.85 spacer thickness = 2.80 mm
30-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-58 30-58
6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM
METHOD
Fit spacer (2) and secure it in position with circlip (1).

1
F0086991
30-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-59 30-59
6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM
METHOD
30.3.10 - Primary shaft
3
1
2
D0028200
Fig.79 - Primary shaft
Disassembly
Assembly
30-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-60 30-60
6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM
METHOD
1
2
4
7
5
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
17
18
20
21
D0036410
Fig.80 - Secondary shaft
Disassembly
1 Using a puller, remove thrust washer (1) and the 2nd speed
driven gear.
30-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-61 30-61
6/21/2007 4:32:45 AM
METHOD
2 Remove needle roller bearing (3) and remove circlip (4).
3 Remove synchroniser (5) complete with driver rings (6).
4 Remove circlip (7) and remove 3rd speed driven gear (8).
5 Remove thrust washer (9) and remove circlip (10) and thrust
washer (11).
30-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-62 30-62
6/21/2007 4:32:45 AM
METHOD
6 Remove 4th speed driven gear (12) and remove circlip (13).
7 Remove synchronizer (14) complete with driver rings (15).
8 Remove circlip (16) and remove 5th speed driven gear (17).
9 Remove circlip (18) and spacer (19).
30-63
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-63 30-63
6/21/2007 4:32:46 AM
METHOD
10 Remove bearing (20).
20
D0036430
11 Only if necessary:
Withdraw bush (21).
21
D0036420
Assembly
Procedure 7
14
D0024880
Procedure 5
Take care to install the thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way
round.
9
11
D0024870
30-64
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-64 30-64
6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM
METHOD
Procedure 3
D0024860
30-65
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-65 30-65
6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM
METHOD
1
2
4
7
5
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
17
18
20
22
21
D0024820
Fig.81 - Secondary shaft
Disassembly
1 Using a puller, remove thrust washer (1) and the 2nd speed
driven gear.
30-66
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-66 30-66
6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM
METHOD
2 Remove needle roller bearing (3) and remove circlip (4).
3 Remove synchroniser (5) complete with driver rings (6).
4 Remove circlip (7) and remove 3rd speed driven gear (8).
5 Remove thrust washer (9) and remove circlip (10) and thrust
washer (11).
30-67
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-67 30-67
6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM
METHOD
6 Remove 4th speed driven gear (12) and remove circlip (13).
7 Remove synchronizer (14) complete with driver rings (15).
8 Remove circlip (16) and remove 5th speed driven gear (17).
30-68
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-68 30-68
6/21/2007 4:32:48 AM
METHOD
10 Remove bearing outer ring (20) and the thrust washer.
Using a suitable tool, remove bearing inner ring (20).
11 Remove circlip (21) and remove needle roller bearing (22).
22
21
D0024890
Assembly
Procedure 7
14
D0024880
Procedure 5
Take care to install the thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way
round.
9
11
D0024870
30-69
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-69 30-69
6/21/2007 4:32:49 AM
METHOD
Procedure 3
D0024860
30-70
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-70 30-70
6/21/2007 4:32:50 AM
METHOD
Removal
1 Loosen the two nuts (1) and remove lubrication rotary union (2).
F0084140
2 For versions with fixed output shaft

Remove nuts (3) and remove cover (4).
3 For versions with removable PTO output shaft

Remove nuts (5) and remove output shaft (6).
6
5
F0097001
4 Remove nuts (7) and flange (8).
F0097010
30-71
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-71 30-71
6/21/2007 4:32:50 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screws (9) and nuts (10) and remove cover (11).
10
10
11
F0097020
6 For all versions:

Remove screw (12) and remove lever (13) and shaft (14).
12
14
13
F0084161
7 Move circlip (15) and sleeve (16) towards the front of the tractor.
15
16
F0084171
8 Remove circlip (17) and move crown wheel (18) towards the front
of the tractor.
17
18
F0084181
30-72
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-72 30-72
6/21/2007 4:32:51 AM
METHOD
9 Using a soft metal punch and mallet, drive out PTO input shaft
(19)
19
F0084191
Installation
Procedure 6
Screw: Loctite 270

Screw: 25 Nm (18.4 lb.ft.)
Procedures 2-5
Procedure 1
Nuts: Loctite 270
30-73
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-73 30-73
6/21/2007 4:32:52 AM
METHOD
30.3.14 - PTO output shaft disassembly (4 speed version)
7
11
4
3
5
6
8
9
2
10
D0024270
Fig.82 - PTO output shaft (4 speed version)
Disassembly
1 Remove the gear (1).
2 Remove needle roller bearings (2) and (3).
30-74
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-74 30-74
6/21/2007 4:32:53 AM
METHOD
3 Remove thrust bearing (4) and needle roller bearing (5).
4 Remove circlip (6) and, using a suitable puller, remove bearing

(7).
5 Remove circlip (8) and separate gear (9) from shaft (10).
6 Remove bearing (11) from the transmission casing.
Assembly
30-75
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-75 30-75
6/21/2007 4:32:53 AM
METHOD
Procedure 6
Take care to install bearing (11) the right way round.
Procedure 4
Take care to install bearing (7) the right way round relative to the
gear (9).
30-76
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-76 30-76
6/21/2007 4:32:54 AM
METHOD
Removal
1 Loosen the two nuts (1) and remove lubrication rotary union (2).
F0096990
2 For versions with fixed output shaft:

Remove nuts (3) and remove cover (4).
3 For versions with removable output shaft - EXPORT USA

version :
Remove nuts (5) and remove output shaft (6).
6
5
F0097001
4 Remove nuts (7) and flange (8).
F0097010
30-77
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-77 30-77
6/21/2007 4:32:54 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screws (9) and nuts (10) and remove cover (11).
10
10
11
F0097020
6 For all versions

Move circlip (12) towards the front of the tractor.
12
F0097030
7 Using a slide hammer puller, remove PTO input shaft assy (13).
13
F0097040
8 Remove gear (14) and circlip (12).

14
13
12
F0097050
Installation
30-78
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-78 30-78
6/21/2007 4:32:55 AM
METHOD
Procedures 2-5
Procedure 1
Nuts: Loctite 270
30-79
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-79 30-79
6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM
METHOD
30.3.16 - PTO output shaft disassembly (2 speed versions)
Disassembly
Using the puller, remove bearing (3).
D0028270
Assembly
Procedure 1
Take care to install bearing (3) the right way round with respect
to the shaft.
D0028010
30-80
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-80 30-80
6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM
METHOD
30.3.17 - PTO clutch
REMOVAL
1 Loosen union (1) and disconnect pipe (2).
1
2 Disconnect pipe (3), remove screws (4) and remove pipe (5).
4
5
3

6
4 Loosen upper and lower unions (8) and remove PTO control
pipes (9)
30-81
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-81 30-81
6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM
METHOD
5 Using a slide hammer puller, withdraw PTO drive shaft (10)
10
6 Remove screw (11) and remove manifold (12).
Check the condition of O-rings (13) and renew them if

necessary.
12
11
13
7 Remove extension (14) from the transmission.

necessary.
14
15
8 Dislodge circlip (16) from its seat and insert driver sleeve (17) in
clutch assembly (18).
18
16
17
30-82
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-82 30-82
6/21/2007 4:32:58 AM
METHOD
9 Fully loosen union (19) and disconnect lubrication pipe (20) from
clutch assembly (18).
20
19
18
10 Remove complete clutch assembly (18).

18
11 Remove sleeve (17) complete with circlip (16) from clutch

assembly (18) and, if present, remove also spacer (20).
18
17
16
20
Installation
Procedure 11
18
Install driver sleeve (17) in clutch assembly (18) complete with

circlip (16) and spacer (20).
17
Spacer (20) must always be installed when carrying out the

overhaul or renewal of any of the assemblies or components
associated with operation of the rear PTO.
16
20
30-83
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-83 30-83
6/21/2007 4:33:00 AM
METHOD
Procedure 5
Move driver sleeve (17) towards the front of the tractor so that it
seats against O-ring (22).
22
17
D0036440
Using a feeler gauge, measure the residual clearance G

between spacer (20) and circlip (16).
If measured clearance G is less than 1.00 mm, remove spacer
(20).
20
16
Procedure 3
D0024300
Procedure 2
Renew gasket (21) after every removal.

21
30-84
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-84 30-84
6/21/2007 4:33:00 AM
METHOD
30.3.18 - PTO clutch disassembly
4 5 6 7 16 17
13
21
19
1
20
24
25
26
1
9
22
11
18
8
27
23
12
10
14
15
D0036450
Fig.83 - PTO clutch
Disassembly
1 Using a suitable wrench T7 remove accumulator (1).
2 Remove pressure relief valve (2).
30-85
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-85 30-85
6/21/2007 4:33:01 AM
METHOD
4 Remove steel disc (5) and then remove all friction discs (6) and
steel discs (7).
F0084460
5 Remove hub (8) and shim (9).

8
9
F0084470
6 Using a press and a suitable tool, lightly compress spring (10)

and remove circlip (11).
30-86
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-86 30-86
6/21/2007 4:33:02 AM
METHOD
7 Remove disc (12) and spring (10).
8 Turn the assembly over and blow compressed air at low pressure
into the hole on clutch housing (13) to expel piston (14).
9 Remove O-ring (15) from piston (14) and remove O-ring (17)
from hub (16).
10 Remove screws (18) and remove cover (19), friction disc (20)
and steel disc (21).
18
19
21
18
20
30-87
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-87 30-87
6/21/2007 4:33:02 AM
METHOD
11 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side
of clutch housing (13) to expel piston (22).
22
13
Restrain the piston (22) as it could be expelled at high

speed and thus damaged.
12 Remove O-ring (23) from piston (22) and O-ring (24) from clutch
housing (13).
22
13
23
24
13 Remove circlip (25) and thrust washer (26).

26
25
14 Remove clutch assembly (13) from clutch housing (16).
30-88
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-88 30-88
6/21/2007 4:33:03 AM
METHOD
15 Remove retaining rings (27) from clutch housing (16).
16
27
Assembly
Procedure 15
Seal rings: Oil
Procedures 9-12
O-rings: Oil
Procedures 4-10
Friction plates: Oil
Procedure 3
Position the clutch assembly vertically and, using a feeler gauge,

check that the clearance G between circlip (3) and spacer (4)
is within the tolerance limits. If the clearance exceeds tolerance
limits, add another spacer (4).
clearance G: 0.62.0 mm
Procedures 1-2
Accumulator and pressure relief valve:
Loctite 542
30-89
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-89 30-89
6/21/2007 4:33:04 AM
METHOD
10
5
14
13 4
12
6
9
11
Fig.84 - PTO final shaft
Disassembly
1 Drive out spring pin (1).
2 Remove PTO speed selector rod (2).
F0109630
30-90
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-90 30-90
6/21/2007 4:33:05 AM
METHOD
3 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (3) using a suitable
wrench.
Renew the ringnut on reassembly.

3
F0084601
4 Using a suitable tool, partially withdraw PTO output shaft (4).
F0084611
5 Remove gear (5) complete with bush (6).

5
6
6 Remove PTO speed selector fork (7).

7
30-91
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-91 30-91
6/21/2007 4:33:05 AM
METHOD
7 Remove selector sleeve (8) and guide sleeve (9).
9
F0084641
8 Remove gear (10) and remove shaft assy (4).

10
4
9 Remove circlip (11) and, using a press, remove thrust washer

(12) and bearing (13).
11
12
13
10 Recover bearing (14).

14
Assembly
30-92
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-92 30-92
6/21/2007 4:33:06 AM
METHOD
Procedure 9
13
Take care to install bearing (13) the right way round relative to
shaft (4).
Procedure 3
Ringnut: 881 Nm (64.90.74 lb.ft.)

Stake the ringnut (3).
3
F0084681
Procedure 2
Check the condition of O-ring (15) and renew it if necessary.
15
O-ring: Grease
30-93
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-93 30-93
6/21/2007 4:33:07 AM
METHOD
5
10
11
15
14 4
13
6
D0024341
12
8
Fig.85 - PTO final shaft
Disassembly
1 Remove grub screw (1).
2 Remove PTO speed selector rod (2)
F0109630
30-94
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-94 30-94
6/21/2007 4:33:07 AM
METHOD
3 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (3) using a suitable
wrench.

3
F0084601
4 Using a suitable tool, partially withdraw PTO output shaft (4)
F0084611
5 Remove gear (5) complete with bush (6).

5
6
F0084621
6 Remove PTO speed selector fork (7)
F0084631
30-95
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-95 30-95
6/21/2007 4:33:08 AM
METHOD
7 Remove selector sleeve (8) and guide sleeve (9).
9
F0084641
8 Remove gear (10) complete with needle roller bearings (11) and
remove shaft assy (4).
10
11
F0084651

12
13
14
F0084661
10 Recover bearing (15).
15
F0085111
Assembly
30-96
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-96 30-96
6/21/2007 4:33:09 AM
METHOD
Procedure 9
14
Take care to install the bearing (14) the right way round relative
to the shaft (4).
4
D0024351
Procedure 3
Ringnut: 881 Nm (64.90.74 lb.ft.)

3
F0084681
Procedure 2
16
O-ring: Grease
F0084671
30-97
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-97 30-97
6/21/2007 4:33:10 AM
METHOD
30.3.21 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft
Fig.86 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft
Disassembly
1
DANGER
2 Remove nuts (1) and remove cover (2).
Label the top of the cover (2) to avoid error on

reassembly.
2
F0084690
30-98
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-98 30-98
6/21/2007 4:33:11 AM
METHOD
3 Check that groundspeed PTO engagement lever (3) is in position
ON to prevent the engagement sleeve from falling.
4 Withdraw groundspeed PTO output shaft assy (4).
6 Using a press remove bearing (7) from shaft (4).

Remove spacer (8) and circlip (9).
30-99
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-99 30-99
6/21/2007 4:33:11 AM
METHOD
7 Remove oil seal (10) from cover (2).
10
D0024381
Assembly
Procedure 7
Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way round relative to
cover (2).
10
D0024381

Oil seal lip: Oil
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil
30-100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-100 30-100
6/21/2007 4:33:12 AM
METHOD
30.3.22 - Groundspeed PTO engagement device
Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1), withdraw drive shaft (2) and recover lever (3),
shoe (4) and sleeve (5).
Renew the screw on reassembly.
Assembly
Procedure 1

30-101
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-101 30-101
6/21/2007 4:33:12 AM
METHOD
30.3.23 - Range and differential assembly - complete assembly
Removal
After having performed the pre-disassembly operations the unit will be already disconnected from the tractor.
Installation
30-102
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-102 30-102
6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM
METHOD
13
16
12
14
17
8
5
11
7
6
18
D0036460
Fig.87 - Rear pinion
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove complete range gear selector
assembly (2).
2
30-103
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-103 30-103
6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM
METHOD
2 Loosen union (3) and remove lubrication pipe (4).
F0084951
3 Remove circlips (5) and (6).

6
F0109300
4 Using a puller, partially withdraw pinion (7) in order to gain access

to ringnut (8).
5 Apply a 46 wrench (for 4 range versions) or 50 wrench (for 2 or 3

range versions) to ringnut (8) and secure in position.
For versions with groundspeed PTO:
Fit a suitable bush on output shaft (9) of the groundpseed PTO
and loosen ringnut (8) by turning output shaft (9) clockwise.
If possible, relieve the staking on the ringnut (8).
30-104
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-104 30-104
6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM
METHOD
6 For versions without groundspeed PTO:
Remove cover (10), fit special tool T11 (P/N. 5.9030.988.0) and
loosen ringnut (8) by turning clockwise.
10
F0098660
7 Proceed with withdrawal of pinion shaft (7) sleeve (11) and

selector (12).
12
11
D0032270
8 Remove gear (13) and rotary union (14).

13
14
D0032280
9 Remove low or high range selector fork (13).
13
30-105
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-105 30-105
6/21/2007 4:33:14 AM
METHOD
10 Remove ringnut (8) and gear (16)
16
8
11 If the outer ring of the pinion bearing remains in the gearbox

casing, re-insert the pinion shaft and fit a service bush A
(example: 65 x 45 x 18) and ringnut (8).
F0085030
12 Using a puller, remove pinion (7) complete with bearing (17) and
shims (18).
18
17
Using a press and a suitable puller, remove the bearing (17) from
the pinion (7).
7
17
Assembly
If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear
pair.
30-106
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-106 30-106
6/21/2007 4:33:15 AM
METHOD
Procedure 13
Before fitting bearing (17) on pinion shaft (7) lubricate the inner
rings of the bearing.
Bearing: Transmission oil

During assembly of the bearing (17), rotate the outer ring to bed
in the rollers and ensure smooth rotation.
17
Procedure 6
Procedure 5
Procedure 5

Tighten the ringnut by turning the groundspeed PTO shaft or
service tool T11 (P/N. 5.9030.988.0) counterclockwise and using
special wrench T8 (P/N. 5.9030.979.0).
T8
T11
Ringnut: Loctite 270

Ringnut:
Nominal tightening torque:
46020 Nm (33914.7 lb.ft.) Tightening torque using the output
shaft and the groundspeed PTO tool: 47220.5 Nm (34815.1
lb.ft.)
F0085071
30-107
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-107 30-107
6/21/2007 4:33:16 AM
METHOD
17
12
11
10
18
14
1
8
19
Fig.88 - Rear pinion
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove complete range gear selector
assembly (2).
1
F0084940
2 Loosen union (3) and remove lubrication pipe (4).

4
F0084950
30-108
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-108 30-108
6/21/2007 4:33:16 AM
METHOD
3 Remove circlips (5) and (6).
6
F0084960
4 Versions with 3 range gears

Using a puller, partially withdraw pinion (7) in order to gain access
to ringnut (8).
5 Apply special wrench T8 (P/N. 5.9030.984.0) to ringnut (8) and

secure it in position.
Fit a suitable bush on output shaft (9) of the groundpseed PTO
and loosen ringnut (8) by turning output shaft (9) clockwise.
6 Proceed with withdrawal of pinion shaft (7) and remove

synchronizer (10) complete with driver ring (11) and synchronizer
ring (12).
10
12
11
F0084990
30-109
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-109 30-109
6/21/2007 4:33:17 AM
METHOD
7 Remove synchronizer ring (13), gear (14) and rotary union (15).
14
13
15
F0085000
8 Remove low or high range selector fork (16).
16
9 Remove ringnut (8) and gear (17)

17
8
10 Install a service bush A on the pinion shaft (7) (example: 65

x 50 x 20) and the ringnut (8).
8
F0085030
30-110
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-110 30-110
6/21/2007 4:33:18 AM
METHOD
11 Using a puller, remove pinion (7) complete with bearing (18) and
shims (19).
19
18
Using a press and a suitable puller, remove bearing (18) from
pinion (7).
7
18
Assembly
If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear
pair.
Procedure 12
Before fitting bearing (18) on pinion shaft (7), lubricate the inner
rings of the bearing.

During assembly of bearing (18), rotate the outer race to bed in
the rollers and ensure smooth rotation.
18
Procedure 5
30-111
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-111 30-111
6/21/2007 4:33:19 AM
METHOD
Procedure 5

Tighten the ringnut by turning the groundspeed PTO shaft
counterclockwise and using the special wrench T8 (P/N.
5.9030.984.0).
Ringnut: Loctite 270
Ringnut: Nominal tightening torque:46020 Nm (33914.7 lb.ft.)
Tightening torque using the groundspeed PTO output shaft:
39017 Nm (287.412.5 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
30-112
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-112 30-112
6/21/2007 4:33:19 AM
METHOD
30.3.26 - Four-wheel drive output shaft
13
10
8
16
15
11
12
7
1
14
D0036470
Fig.89 - Four-wheel drive output shaft
Disassembly
1
F0096980
2 Remove pin (2) and remove range selector fork (3).

2
F0085381
30-113
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-113 30-113
6/21/2007 4:33:20 AM
METHOD
4
5
F0085391
4 Remove retaining half rings (6).

6
F0085401
5 Using a soft metal punch, partially drive out shaft (7) and remove
gear (8).
7
F0085411
6 Continue to withdraw shaft (7) and remove gear (9) complete

with bush (10) and selector sleeve (11) complete with hub (12).
9
10
12
11
F0085421
30-114
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-114 30-114
6/21/2007 4:33:20 AM
METHOD
7 For all versions:
13
Remove gear (13).

Remove shaft (7).

14
15
16
Assembly
30-115
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-115 30-115
6/21/2007 4:33:21 AM
METHOD
30.3.27 - Differential - Bevel gear pair
Fig.90 - Differential - Bevel gear pair
30-116
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-116 30-116
6/21/2007 4:33:22 AM
METHOD
Preparation of adjustments
1
All the procedures described in this chapter must be carried out following renewal of the transmission casing, differential
support flanges, bevel gear pair, differential housing or the support bearings of the pinion and differential.
2 Install bearing assembly (2) on pinion shaft (1).
When handling bearing (2), take care not to invert the

inner races.
During assembly of the bearing (2) on the pinion shaft (1),
rotate the outer ring to help seat the rollers.
3 Install a service bush A on the pinion shaft (1) (example: 65 x

50 x 20, for 100hp versions or 60 x 45 x 18, for 85hp
versions) and temporarily tighten the new ringnut (3).
4 Remove bearing outer ring (5) and relative shims (6) from flange
(4) on the crown wheel side.
Note the thickness S of shim pack (6) (e.g., 0.80 mm).
5 Remove bearing outer ring (8) and shims (9) from flange (7) on
the opposite side to the crown wheel.
30-117
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-117 30-117
6/21/2007 4:33:22 AM
METHOD
6 Heat bearing inner race (5) to 80 C and install it on the crown
wheel side of differential (10).
Check that the bearing seats against the shoulder on the

differential.
5
5
10
4
Install the outer race of bearing (5) in crown wheel side flange (4),
with shim pack (6) approximately 0.5 mm less than the measured
dimension S.
e.g:
Measured dimension = 0.80 mm
6
F0085490
Thickness of shim pack (6) to be installed: 0.30 mm

7 Heat the inner ring of bearing (8) to approx. 80 C and install on
differential (10) on the side opposite to the crown wheel.
Check that the bearing (8) seats against the shoulder on

the differential.
8
10
Install bearing outer race (8) and a 1.00 mm thick shim pack (9)
on flange (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
9
F0087710
Adjustment of the differential bearings preload

1 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.
2 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws
(11).
While tightening the screws (11), rotate the differential unit

to help seat the bearings.
Warehouse: Transmission oil
Screws: 3240 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
30-118
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-118 30-118
6/21/2007 4:33:23 AM
METHOD
3 Position a dial gauge with magnetic stand A on the crown wheel
side of differential carrier (4) and set it to zero on the end face of
the differential while simultaneously forcing the differential with
lever B towards the opposite side.
Force the differential towards the crown wheel side and measure
end float G.
If the end float is zero, adjust shim pack (9) on the

opposite side to the crown wheel to 0.70 mm and repeat
the procedure to measure end float G.
4 Add 0.10 mm to the measured end float value G and round up

to the nearest 0.05 mm to determine the shim thickness to be
added under the outer ring of bearing (8) on the opposite side to
the crown wheel.
e.g:
Measured value: 0.28 mm

Final end float: 0.28 + 0.10 = 0.38 mm
Actual shim thickness to be added: 0.40 mm
5 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position

for safety.
11
11
11
F0084831
6 Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential

flanges (4) and (7) from the transmission casing.
30-119
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-119 30-119
6/21/2007 4:33:24 AM
METHOD
7 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
8 Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.
Adjustment of the pinion position

1 Make a note of the value E stamped on one of the teeth of
pinion (1).
In this example: + 0.15 mm
2 Install pinion (1) without shims (12) in the transmission casing.

1
F0087720
30-120
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-120 30-120
6/21/2007 4:33:25 AM
METHOD
3 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing
(11).
Screws: 3240 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)

While tightening screws (11), check for the presence of
clearance between the differential and pinion (1). If the
differential is seated against the pinion, adjust the shim
packs installed under the outer races of the bearings
so as to reduce the thickness of the pack on the crown
wheel side and increase the thickness of the pack on the
opposite side by the same amount.
5 Use a feeler gauge to measure the distance D between the end

face of pinion (1) and the 174 section of differential (10) (in this
example 4.85).
Calculate dimension R by adding dimension E previously read
on the tooth of pinion (1) to the design value of 4.00 mm.
If the value E is positive, as in the case reported in the figure, it
should be added to the design value of 4.00 mm:
10
R= 4.00 + E i.e. R= 4.00 + 0.15 = 4.15
If E is negative, subtract it from the design value of 4.00 mm

F0087791
R= 4.00 - E i.e. R= 4.00 - 0.15 = 3.85
If the measured value D differs from the calculated value R,

calculate the difference between D and R. The resulting value
S is the shim thickness to be installed under bearing (2) of
pinion (1).
Formula: S = D - R
which in our example gives: S = 4.85 - 4.15 = 0.70 mm
30-121
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-121 30-121
6/21/2007 4:33:25 AM
METHOD
6 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position
for safety.
11
11
11
F0084831

flanges (4) and (7) from the transmission casing.
8 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
9 Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.
30-122
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-122 30-122
6/21/2007 4:33:26 AM
METHOD
10 Using a puller, remove pinion (1) complete with the transmission
casing.
1
1
Remove ringnut (3) and service spacer A from pinion shaft (1).
F0085540
11 Measure dimension R of the shoulder of bearing (2).

e.g:
R = 4.96 mm
Install pinion (1) and shim pack (12) of the previously calculated
thickness S, reversing the removal procedure.
12 Secure pinion (1) in position with suitable circlip (13) selected

from the available sizes.
13
Select circlip (13) by applying the following formula:

Circlip thickness:
Fixed dimension K = 9.5 mm

Shim thickness = S
Dimension R = 4.96 mm (valid measurements: 4.90
5.00mm)
Formula:
F0085550
A = K - S - R which in our example gives:
A = 9.5 - 0.7 - 4.96 = 3.84 mm
The circlip to be used is therefore the one whose thickness

equals 3.80 mm.
Circlip (13) installed should in any case ensure

pinion end float of less than 0.1 mm.
30-123
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-123 30-123
6/21/2007 4:33:26 AM
METHOD
Adjustment of pinion and crown wheel backlash
1 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.
(11).
While tightening screws (11), rotate differential assembly

(10) to help seat the bearings.
Warehouse: Transmission oil
Screws: 3240 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
3 Position a dial gauge A on a magnetic stand with the contact

point perpendicular to the side of a tooth on the external diameter
of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 3 mm and
check the backlash Z between pinion and crown wheel while
turning the differential (3) in both directions.
Normal backlash:
85 HP: 0.120.18 mm
100 HP: 0.200.28 mm
Take four measurements 90 apart and calculate the

average.
F0085560
4 If backlash Z is less than the minimum value, remove a shim

from shim pack (6) (crown wheel side) and add the same shim
to shim pack (9) (side opposite to crown wheel). If backlash Z
is greater than the maximum value add a shim to (shim pack (6)
(crown wheel side) and remove an identical shim from shim pack
(9) (opposite side to crown wheel).
The sum total thickness of shim packs (6) and (9) should
not be different from the calculated value.
Recheck the backlash Z and, if necessary, continue to adjust

the shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance
limits.
9
D0024630
30-124
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-124 30-124
6/21/2007 4:33:28 AM
METHOD
30.3.28 - Range selector assembly
Disassembly
1 Remove springs (1) and pins (2).
2
F0085130
2 Remove screw (3).

3
F0085140
3 Remove screws (4) and raise lever support assy (5) and creeper
range control rod (6) and remove yoke (7).
4 Remove high speed/low speed range control rod (8).
Recover interlock pin (9).
30-125
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-125 30-125
6/21/2007 4:33:28 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screw (10) and remove yoke (11).
10
11
F0085170
6 Remove rod (6) from lever support (5).

6
F0085180
7 Remove O-rings (12).
12
F0087690
Assembly
Procedure 3
Procedure 2
30-126
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-126 30-126
6/21/2007 4:33:29 AM
METHOD
30.3.29 - Changing transmission oil (D0.00.01)
CAUTION
Hydraulic accumulators contain gas or oil under pressure. For all repairs, first consult the instructions given in the
manufacturers manual.
IMPORTANT:
Dispose of the oil and filters in compliance with current regulations. DO NOT dump oil on the ground, in sewers or
containers that are not sealed. Respect the environment.
IMPORTANT:
Change the filters on this occasion too.
Procedure for changing the transmission oil

1 Park the tractor on level ground.
2 Open the plug on top of the lift casing (see Checking the transmission oil level).
CAUTION
If fuel or oil under pressure hits the skin or eyes, it can cause serious injury, blindness or even death. Leaks
of fluid under pressure may not be even visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood when looking for leaks.
NEVER use your hands! Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes. If any fluid penetrates your skin, seek
immediate attention from medical personnel with experience of this particular problem.
3 Remove the plug (1) located under the gearbox, placing a suitable
receptacle under the hole.
DANGER
When draining off used oil from the engine sump,
take care because if the oil is hot it can cause
burns.
1
30-127
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-127 30-127
6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM
METHOD
4 Remove the oil plug with dipstick (1).
CAUTION
Never top up with oil of a different type (class or
viscosity) to that already in the engine.
5 Change the oil filters located on the left-hand side of the transmission casing.
6 Fit and tighten the drain plug (1) and fill the gearbox with oil
through the hole on top of the lift casing after removing the plug
(3) to reach the level indicated by the plug with the dipstick (4).
7 After filling, screw in the oil filler plug and run the engine for a few minutes.
8 Check the oil level via the plug with dipstick (4) and top up if necessary.
The tractor is equipped with a gearbox oil cooler, for cleaning it see Cleaning engine front compartment gearbox oil cooler.
30-128
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-128 30-128
6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM
METHOD
30.3.30 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear
Fig.91 - Pump drive PTO
Disassembly
2 Remove front and rear pump drive sleeves (3).
30-129
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-129 30-129
6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM
METHOD
3 Remove screws (4) and front and rear flanges (5).
Renew paper gaskets (6) on reassembly.
5
F0085590
4 Withdraw sleeve (7), bearings (8), spacer (9) and gear (10) from
the transmission casing.
Insert a tie A in sleeve (7) to prevent spacer (9) from

falling inside the transmission.
9
8
A
F0085600
Assembly
Procedure 1
D0024400
30-130
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-130 30-130
6/21/2007 4:33:31 AM
METHOD
30.3.31 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear
Fig.92 - Pump drive PTO
Disassembly
1
F0085610
2 Using a soft metal punch, drive out driving gear assy (2) and
spacer (3).
2
3
F0085620
30-131
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-131 30-131
6/21/2007 4:33:32 AM
METHOD
3 Remove bearing (4) from the transmission casing.
4
F0085630
4 Using a puller, remove bearing (5) from gear (2).
Remove circlip (6) and withdraw spacer (7) and needle roller
bearing (8).
Remove O-ring (9).
Assembly
Procedure 4
For 85 HP versions only:

Install the bearing (5) with the plastic shield on the gear (2).
30-132
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-132 30-132
6/21/2007 4:33:32 AM
METHOD
30.3.32 - 4WD engagement device
10
11
9
12
13
D0024720
Fig.93 - 4WD engagement device
Disassembly
1 Remove oil seal (1) and circlip (2).
Renew the seal every time the pump is removed.
2 Remove screw (3) and remove retaining plate (4).
30-133
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-133 30-133
6/21/2007 4:33:33 AM
METHOD
3 Remove screw (5), and withdraw control rod (6) and remove
lever (7).

necessary.
7
5
6
Renew the screw (5) on reassembly.
8
F0085210
4 Using a suitable drift, drive out hub assembly (9).

Only if necessary:
10
Remove circlip (10).

9
F0085220
5 Withdraw sleeve (11).

11
F0085230
6 Remove circlip (12) and, using a press, remove bearing (13).
12
13
F0085240
Assembly
30-134
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-134 30-134
6/21/2007 4:33:33 AM
METHOD
Procedure 3
Bolt: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-135
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-135 30-135
6/21/2007 4:33:34 AM
METHOD
30.4 - REAR AXLE
30.4.1 - RH rear axle (E0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85)
Removal
1
DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and disconnect bracket (2).

2
3 Remove nut (3) and the relative screw.
4 Using suitable lifting equipment, raise cab (4) so as to be able to

remove support (5).
30-136
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-136 30-136
6/21/2007 4:33:34 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screws (6) and remove support (5).
6 Disconnect brake pipe (8) from axle (7).

8
7 Attach axle (7) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting
rope.
8 Remove screws (9) and remove axle (7).

9
30-137
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-137 30-137
6/21/2007 4:33:35 AM
METHOD
9 Remove halfshaft (10).
10
10 Blow compressed air at low pressure into hole A of the brake to

disconnect brake cylinder assembly (11).
Remove brake cylinder assembly (11).
11
Installation
Procedures 9-11
Procedure 9
Screws and nuts: 703.5 Nm (51.62.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
Bleed the air from the braking system
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil
30-138
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-138 30-138
6/21/2007 4:33:36 AM
METHOD
30.4.2 - LH rear axle (E0.02.02) (Agrofarm 85)
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove screws (1) and disconnect bracket (2).
3 Remove nut (3) and the relative screw.
4 Using suitable lifting equipment, raise cab (4) so as to be able to

remove support (5).
30-139
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-139 30-139
6/21/2007 4:33:37 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screws (6) and disconnect bracket (7) from support (5).
7
6 Remove screws (8) and remove support (5).

5
7 Remove nuts (9) and (10) and remove support (11).
12
Disconnect brakes pipes (12).

11
9
10
8 Attach axle (13) to a hoist and take the strain with the rope.
13
30-140
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-140 30-140
6/21/2007 4:33:37 AM
METHOD
9 Remove all the nuts (14) and remove axle (13).
Recover bracket (15).

13
14
15
16
11 Blow compressed air at low pressure into hole A of the brake to

disconnect brake cylinder assembly (17).
Remove brake cylinder assembly (17).
17
Installation
Procedures 9-11
30-141
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-141 30-141
6/21/2007 4:33:38 AM
METHOD
Procedure 9
Procedure 7

30-142
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-142 30-142
6/21/2007 4:33:39 AM
METHOD
5
11
10
12
2
3
4
Fig.94 - Rear axle
Disassembly
1 Remove anti-rotation plate (1).
1
2 Remove screw (2) and remove spacer (3) and shims (4).
3
2
30-143
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-143 30-143
6/21/2007 4:33:39 AM
METHOD
3 Remove planet carrier assembly (5).
5
4 Using a puller, apply force on halfshaft (6) to dislodge bearing

inner race (7) from halfshaft (6).
Recover inner bearing ring (7).
7
7
6
5 Attach axle housing (8) to a hoist and remove it.
6 Withdraw bearing outer ring (7) and oil seal (9) from axle housing
(8).
9
8
30-144
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-144 30-144
6/21/2007 4:33:40 AM
METHOD
7 Withdraw bearing outer ring (10) and disc (11) from axle housing
(8).
10
11
11
10
8 Remove bearing inner ring (10) from halfshaft (6).
10
6
Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (12) from the axle housing.
12
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
10 Remove dust seal (12) from axle shaft (6).

Note which way round the oil seal is installed.
6
12
30-145
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-145 30-145
6/21/2007 4:33:41 AM
METHOD
Assembly
Procedure 8
Fill the area indicated in the figure with grease.
Procedure 5
15
Machining required for assembly of the axle housing ring gear.
14
Simultaneously drill axle housing (8) and ring gear (13).

Fit cylindrical dowels (14) fully down and close the holes with
plugs (15).
13
Procedures 4-6
Lubricate bearing (7) and the lip of oil seal (9).

Take care to install oil seal (9) the right way round.
Procedure 2
Temporarily install spacer (3) and screw (2) without shims and
tighten.
Bolt: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.)
After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing
while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat
correctly, then tighten screw (2) again.
Repeat the procedure until screw (2) no longer turns.
30-146
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-146 30-146
6/21/2007 4:33:41 AM
METHOD
Remove screw (2) and spacer (3) and, using a depth gauge F
measure dimensions A and B.
Calculate thickness S of shim pack (4) to be installed under

spacer (3) with the formula: S = A - B (round off the value obtained
by 0.02 mm)
Calculation example 1:
dimension A: 97.44 mm
dimension B: 95.95 mm
S = 97.44 - 95.95 = 1.49 mm
thus the final thickness S of shims (4) will be 1.50 mm.
dimension A: 97.37 mm
dimension B: 95.95 mm
S = 97.37 - 95.95 = 1.42 mm thus the final thickness S of shims
(4) will be 1.40 mm.
Fit shim pack (4), spacer (3) and secure in positions by tightening
screw (2).
Bolt: 1779 Nm (130.56.6 lb.ft.)
Bolt: Loctite 270
30-147
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-147 30-147
6/21/2007 4:33:42 AM
METHOD
30.4.4 - RH rear axle (Agrofarm 100)
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Versions with air braking system:

Completely release pressure from the pneumatic circuit
Remove union (1) and disconnect pipe (2).

2
F0083900
3 For trailer air braking export versions:
Label pipes (4) to avoid confusion on refitting.
Remove unions (3) and disconnect pipes (4) from valve (5).
5
4 Versions with air braking system
F0083910
Loosen nut (6), remove screws (7) and remove tank (8) complete
with support.
7
8
7
F0083920
30-148
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-148 30-148
6/21/2007 4:33:42 AM
METHOD
5 For all versions:
Remove nuts (9) and disconnect bracket (10) from the axle.
6 Remove nut (11) and remove plate (12).
7 Using suitable lifting equipment A, raise the cab slightly on the

right hand side and keep in place.
8 Remove screws (13) and remove cab support (14).
30-149
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-149 30-149
6/21/2007 4:33:43 AM
METHOD
9 Disconnect brakes pipes (15) and (16).
15
16
F0083940
10 Remove all ten screws (17) and the two nuts (18)
17
18
17
rope.
19
12 Remove screw (20) and using a service screw B (M10x120 with

full-length thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (19) from the
transmission.
20
Tighten removed screw (20) and repeat the procedure with the
remaining screws until axle (19) is completely detached from the
transmission.
19
30-150
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-150 30-150
6/21/2007 4:33:44 AM
METHOD
13 Remove axle assembly (19).
19
Installation
Procedure 13
Procedure 10
Procedure 9

30-151
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-151 30-151
6/21/2007 4:33:45 AM
METHOD
Fig.95 - Planet carrier assembly
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove pins (2).
2 Remove planet gears (3) with shims (4) and remove needle roller
bearings (5) and spacer (6).
Assembly
30-152
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-152 30-152
6/21/2007 4:33:45 AM
METHOD
Procedure 2
Lubricate the roller cages (4).

Roller cages: oil
30-153
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-153 30-153
6/21/2007 4:33:46 AM
METHOD
30.4.6 - LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100)
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Versions with air braking system:

Completely release pressure from the pneumatic circuit.
Remove unions (1), (2), (3) and (4) and disconnect pipes (5) and
(6).

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent dirt getting in.
4
F0087250
3 Unplug connector (7) from pressure sensor (8).

8
7
F0087240
4 Remove retaining clip (9), loosen nut (10) and disconnect cable
(11).
10
11
F0081391
30-154
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-154 30-154
6/21/2007 4:33:46 AM
METHOD
5 Remove union (12) and disconnect breather pipe (13) from
pressure control valve (14).
14

13
12
F0087260
6 Loosen nut (15), remove screws (16) and remove tank (17)
complete with valves.
7 Remove the three nuts (18), screw (19) and disconnect bracket
(20) from the axle.
8 Remove nut (21) and remove plate (22).
30-155
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-155 30-155
6/21/2007 4:33:47 AM
METHOD
9 Using suitable lifting equipment A, raise slightly the cab on the
left hand side and keep in place.
10 Remove screws (23) and remove cab support (24).
11 Remove all ten screws (25) and the two nuts (26)
25
26
25
rope.
27
30-156
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-156 30-156
6/21/2007 4:33:48 AM
METHOD
13 Remove screw (28) and using a service screw B (M10x120 with
full-length thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (27) from the
transmission.
28
Tighten removed screw (28) and repeat the procedure with the
remaining screws until axle (27) is completely detached from the
transmission.
27
14 Remove axle assembly (27).

27
Installation
Procedure 14
Procedure 11
Procedure 2

30-157
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-157 30-157
6/21/2007 4:33:49 AM
METHOD
Fig.96 - Rear axle
Disassembly
1 Position the axle vertically and remove the three screws (1).
2 Using a puller, remove braking flange assy (2).
30-158
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-158 30-158
6/21/2007 4:33:50 AM
METHOD
3 Using a puller, remove ring gear (3).
4 Remove anti-rotation plate (4).
5 Remove screw (5) and remove spacer (6) and shims (7).
6 Remove planet carrier assembly (8).
30-159
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-159 30-159
6/21/2007 4:33:50 AM
METHOD
7 Using a puller, apply force on axle shaft (9) to remove bearing
inner ring (10) from axle shaft (9).
10
Recover inner bearing ring (10).

10
F0084060
8 Attach axle housing (11) to a hoist and remove it.
9 Withdraw bearing outer ring (10) and oil seal (12) from axle
housing (11).
10 Withdraw bearing outer ring (13) and disc (14) from axle housing
(11).
30-160
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-160 30-160
6/21/2007 4:33:51 AM
METHOD
11 Remove bearing inner ring (13) from axle halfshaft (9).
Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (15).
15
F0071141
13 Remove dust seal (15) from axle shaft (9).

Note which way round the oil seal is installed.
Assembly
Procedure 11
Fill the area indicated in the figure with grease.
30-161
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-161 30-161
6/21/2007 4:33:51 AM
METHOD
Procedures 7-9
Procedure 7: Lubricate bearing (10) and the lip of oil seal (12).
Procedure 9: Take care to install oil seal (12) the right way
round.
Procedure 5
Temporarily install spacer (6) and screw (5) without shims and
tighten.
Bolt: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.)
After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat
correctly, then tighten screw (5) again.
Repeat the procedure until the screw (5) no longer turns.
Remove screw (5) and spacer (6) and, using a depth gauge
F and calibrated shims G of approximately 25mm, measure
dimensions A and B.
Calculate thickness S of shim pack (7) to be installed under

spacer (6) with the formula: S = A - B (round off the value obtained
by 0.02 mm):
dimension A: 97.44 mm dimension B: 95.95 mm S = 97.44
- 95.95 = 1.49 mm thus the final thickness S of shims (7) will
be 1.50 mm.
dimension A: 97.37 mm Dimension B: 95.95 mm S = 97.37
- 95.95 = 1.42 mm thus the final thickness S of shims (7) will
be 1.40 mm.
30-162
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-162 30-162
6/21/2007 4:33:52 AM
METHOD
Fit shim pack (7), spacer (6) and secure in position by tightening
screw (5).
Bolt: 1779 Nm (130.56.6 lb.ft.)
Bolt: Loctite 270
Procedure 3
Surfaces: Loctite 510
30-163
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-163 30-163
6/21/2007 4:33:52 AM
METHOD
Fig.97 - Planet carrier assembly
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove pins (2).
2 Remove planet gears (3) with shims (4) and remove needle roller
bearings (5) and spacer (6).
Assembly
30-164
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-164 30-164
6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM
METHOD
Procedure 2
Lubricate the roller cages (4).
Roller cages: oil
30-165
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-165 30-165
6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM
METHOD
30.4.9 - Rear differential
Removal
1 Remove union (1) and plug (2).
2 Drive out spring pin (3)
3 Withdraw piston (4) from the transmission casing and partially

withdraw the rod (5).
4 Remove spring (6) and spacer (7).
30-166
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-166 30-166
6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM
METHOD
5 Finally remove rod (5), selector fork (8), spring (9) and spacer
(10).
6 Remove nut (11), spacers (12) and nut (13) on both sides.
7 Remove brake disc (14) and axle shaft (15).

14
15
F0084820
8 Remove screws (16) on both sides, leaving one in place for

safety.
30-167
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-167 30-167
6/21/2007 4:33:54 AM
METHOD
support flanges (17) from the transmission casing.
10 Remove the last screw (16) and remove flanges (17) and (18).
Label the flanges to avoid confusion on reassembly.
11 Attach differential (19) to a hoist and remove it from the tractor.
Installation
Procedure 8
Screws: 3240 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
30-168
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-168 30-168
6/21/2007 4:33:55 AM
METHOD
2
3
15
14
10
11
12
13
8
4
7
D0024520
Fig.98 - Rear differential
Disassembly
If the bevel gear pair or both bearings are to be renewed,

remove also bearing (2).
1
F0084870
2 Remove differential lock flange (3).

3
F0084880
30-169
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-169 30-169
6/21/2007 4:33:56 AM
METHOD
3 Remove screws (4) and remove differential crown wheel (5).
4 Remove side gear (6) and its thrust washer (7).

7
6
F0084900
5 Drive out spring pin (8) and remove pin (9).
6 Remove planet pinions (10) and (11) with their respective thrust
washers (12) and (13).
30-170
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-170 30-170
6/21/2007 4:33:56 AM
METHOD
14
15
F0084930
Assembly
Procedures 4-6-7
Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedures 1-3
Screws: Engine oil

Screws: 1125.5 Nm (82.54.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
If the transmission casing, differential housing or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not install the bearings (1) and (2) at this
stage, but proceed as described in the chapter BEVEL GEAR PAIR.
30-171
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-171 30-171
6/21/2007 4:33:57 AM
METHOD
2
3
15
14
10
11
12
13
8
4
7
D0024520
Fig.99 - Rear differential
Disassembly
If the bevel gear pair or both bearings are to be renewed,

remove also bearing (2).
1
2 Remove differential lock flange (3).
30-172
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-172 30-172
6/21/2007 4:33:57 AM
METHOD
3 Remove screws (4) and remove differential crown wheel (5).

7
6
F0084900
5 Drive out spring pin (8) and remove pin (9).
6 Remove planet pinions (10) and (11) with their respective thrust
washers (12) and (13).
30-173
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-173 30-173
6/21/2007 4:33:58 AM
METHOD
14
15
F0084930
Assembly
Procedures 4-6-7
Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedure 3
Screws: Engine oil

Screws: 1125.5 Nm (82.54.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
If the transmission casing, differential housing or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not install the bearings (1) and (2) at this
stage, but proceed as described in the chapter BEVEL GEAR PAIR.
30-174
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-174 30-174
6/21/2007 4:33:58 AM
METHOD
30.4.12 - Rear axle brake discs
Renewal
1
DANGER
2 Remove friction disc (1) and renew.
Brake disc: Transmission oil.
F0084821
3 Refit the previously removed axle and repeat the procedure for the brake disc on the other side.
4 On completion of the renewal procedure fill the transmission and bleed the air from the braking circuit.
30-175
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-175 30-175
6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM
METHOD
Disassembly
1
DANGER
2 Blow compressed air at low pressure through hole A to force

out piston (1).
1
A
F0107950
3 Remove O-rings (2) and (3).
2
3
F0107960
Assembly
Procedure 3
To facilitate installation of O-rings (2) and (3), stretch them slightly

at various points around the circumference so that they are held
in place in their grooves.
2
3
O-rings: Brake fluid
F0107960
30-176
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-176 30-176
6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM
METHOD
Procedure 2
Fit piston (1), taking care to align anti-rotation pins (4) correctly.
F0107970
30-177
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-177 30-177
6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM
METHOD
Disassembly
1
DANGER
2 Position the axle vertically and blow compressed air at low

pressure through hole A to force out piston (1).
A
F0085650
3 Remove O-rings (2) and (3).
Assembly
Procedure 3
To facilitate installation of O-rings (2) and (3), stretch them slightly

at various points around the circumference so that they are held
in place in their grooves.
O-rings: Brake fluid
30-178
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-178 30-178
6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM
METHOD
Procedure 2
Fit piston (1), taking care to align anti-rotation pins (4) correctly.
F0085671
30-179
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-179 30-179
6/21/2007 4:34:00 AM
METHOD
30.5 - FRONT AXLE
30.5.1 - Front carrier (F0.01.01)
See para. 30.11.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-404 - (S0.01.01)
REMOVAL
1 Position a stand A under the engine block.
2 Versions without front PTO

Remove screws (1) and overturn wiring towards the rear.
1
F0120290
3 Remove screws (2) and remove gasket (3).

3
2
30-180
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-180 30-180
6/21/2007 4:34:00 AM
METHOD
4 Versions with front PTO
Using a pin punch, remove dowel (4) and withdraw PTO drive
5 For versions with front lift control only
Disconnect pipes (6), remove screw (7) and overturn valves assy
(8) towards the front of the tractor.

Before disconnecting pipes (6), close valves (8) (turning
counterclockwise) and operate lift control lever to
discharge all residual pressure in the circuit.
6 For all versions

Loosen and remove lower nuts (9) (2 per side).
9
7 Position a jack B under the front support (10) and drive two
wedges C between axle (11) and front support (10) to prevent
the support from tipping.
10
11
30-181
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-181 30-181
6/21/2007 4:34:01 AM
METHOD
8 Loosen screw (12) to de-tension fuel pump drive belt (13).
13
12
9 Loosen and remove screws (14) and nuts (15).
14
15
10 Remove front support assembly (10).
Recover shims (16) installed between the front support

and the engine sump, making a note of their positions.
10
Keep the right and left shims separate.
Installation
Procedure 10
If the engine or engine sump are to be renewed, or if the shims

have got mixed up or lost, recalculate the shim thicknesses as
follows:
Before installing front support C measure the distance X

between the bottom of the engine block and the face of the
sump.
F0120360
30-182
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-182 30-182
6/21/2007 4:34:02 AM
METHOD
Form a shim pack (16) to obtain alignment within the tolerance of

0.1 mm (0.004 in.).
16
Procedure 9
Nuts and bolts: 3001.5 Nm (221.11.1 lb.ft.)

Bleed the front brakes circuit.
Procedure 8
Adjust the tension of the fuel pump drive belt.
Procedure 6
Nuts: 3001.5 Nm (221.11.1 lb.ft.)
30-183
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-183 30-183
6/21/2007 4:34:03 AM
METHOD
30.5.2 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01)
See para. 30.11.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-404 - (S0.01.01)
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Lift the front of the tractor so that the front tyres are clear of the
ground and position a stand A under the engine block.
3 Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering pipes (2).
Renew the copper washers on reassembly
2
2
1
4 Position a jack A under the front axle.
30-184
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-184 30-184
6/21/2007 4:34:03 AM
METHOD
5 Remove nuts (3) (n4).
6 Remove front axle assembly (4).
Installation
Procedure 6
If the front support, axle body, or axle pivot brackets are renewed, adjust axle end float before proceeding with the final fixing
of the axle.
Procedure 5
Nuts: 27013 Nm (1999.6 lb.ft.)
30-185
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-185 30-185
6/21/2007 4:34:04 AM
METHOD
30.5.3 - Adjusting the front axle end float
1 Install thrust washer (1) and pivot bracket (2) on the rear of the
axle.
2
F0079890
2 Loosen nuts (3) and remove shim packs (4) on both sides. Retighten nuts (3).
3
4
F0079900
3 Fit dust seal (5).
Take care to install the dust seal the right way round.
Dust seal: grease
5
F0079910
4 Fit thrust washer (6) and support (7).
30-186
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-186 30-186
6/21/2007 4:34:05 AM
METHOD
5 Fit front axle assembly (8) on front support (9).
9
8
6 Tighten nuts (10) and (11).
Nuts: 27013 Nm (1999.6 lb.ft.)
7 Loosen nuts (3) and use two levers to force axle (8) and support
(12) apart.
8 Using a feeler gauge, measure clearance A between axle (8)

and support (12).
30-187
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-187 30-187
6/21/2007 4:34:06 AM
METHOD
9 Calculate the thickness S of shim packs (4) to obtain a final end
float value G between 0.1 and 0.4 mm.
Example calculation:
measured play A: 3.20 mm

calculated value S: 3.00 mm
residual end float G: 0.20 mm
10 Form two shim packs (4) of the same thickness S and install
them between axle (8) and support (12) then tighten nuts (3).
Nuts: 1206 Nm (88.44.4 lb.ft.)
12
F0086420
30-188
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-188 30-188
6/21/2007 4:34:06 AM
METHOD
30.5.4 - Steering cylinders
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering control pipes (2).
2
2
1
3 Remove screw (3) on both sides and remove guard (4).
Recover spacers (5).

5
3
4
4 Loosen nut (6) and remove set screw (7).

7
6
30-189
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-189 30-189
6/21/2007 4:34:07 AM
METHOD
5 Withdraw pin (8).
If the cylinder is to be removed with the axle installed on

the tractor, remove grease nipple (9) and extract pin (8)
downwards.
6 Recover oil seals (10) complete with bushes (11).

11
10
7 Remove screw (12) and withdraw pin (13).

12
13
8 Recover seals (14) complete with bushes (15) and remove

steering cylinder (16).
15
14
16
Installation
After installing the steering cylinder, start the engine and repeatedly turn the steering to full lock in both directions to expel any air
from the steering circuit.
30-190
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-190 30-190
6/21/2007 4:34:07 AM
METHOD
30.5.5 - Steering cylinders disassembly
Disassembly
1 Loosen front ringnut (1) by about 5 turns.
1
F0009110
2 With a soft mallet, lightly tap front ringnut (1) to drive in end cap
(2) by about 3 mm (0.118 in.)
1
F0009120
3 Remove ringnut (1) and remove circlip (3) fixing head (2).
3
1
F0009130
4 Withdraw piston assembly (4).
F0009140
30-191
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-191 30-191
6/21/2007 4:34:09 AM
METHOD
5 Unscrew and remove self-locking nut (5) and remove piston (6).
Withdraw end cap (2) from rod (7).
7
6
5
F0009150
6 Remove outer O-ring (8), rod wiper (9) and rod guide ring (10)
from end cap (2).
7 Remove outer seal (11) and inner O-ring (12) from piston (6).
11
F0009170
Assembly
1 Fit rod guide (10) and rod wiper (9) in end cap (2).
Carefully check correct orientation of ring (10).
Fit O-ring (8).
30-192
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-192 30-192
6/21/2007 4:34:09 AM
METHOD
2 Fit a suitable installation guide on the piston (6) and fit piston
sealing O-ring (12) by hand.
12
6
F0009160
3 Fit the outer piston seal (11) on the installation guide.

Using a suitable installer, drive the seal into its seat (11).
11
F0009170
4 Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal passing

the gauge over the entire length of piston (6).
5 Fit end cap (2) and piston (6) on rod (7); Secure piston (6) with
self-locking nut (5).
Cylinder end cap: Gearbox oil.
Nut: 8690 Nm (63.4-66.3 lb.ft.)
6
5
F0009150
30-193
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-193 30-193
6/21/2007 4:34:10 AM
METHOD
6 Lubricate the seals of the piston and end cap; install the assembly
in the cylinder taking care not to damage the seals.
Seals: Gearbox oil.
Insert end cap (2) approx. 2 mm (0.08 in.) beyond the seat
of circlip (3)
F0009190
7 Fit circlip (3) and tighten ringnut (1).
Ringnut: 40 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
To tighten the ringnut pressurise the lower side of the

cylinder with compressed air at 5-8 bar.
1
F0009130
30-194
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-194 30-194
6/21/2007 4:34:10 AM
METHOD
30.5.6 - Final drive reduction unit
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from steering
knuckle housing (3).
Oil: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
3 Remove screw (4), loosen breather valve (5) and remove cover
(6).
4 Unscrew and remove cover (7).

Remove circlip (8).
30-195
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-195 30-195
6/21/2007 4:34:11 AM
METHOD
5 Using a slide hammer, remove cover (9).
Remove circlip (10).
6 Remove all the nuts (11) and, using two bolts as pullers, dislodge
final drive reduction gear assembly (12).
7 Attach final drive reduction unit assembly (12) to a hoist and lift
it clear off the tractor.
Installation
Procedure 7

O-ring: grease.
Procedure 2
Fill the steering knuckle housing with oil.

Steering knuckle housing: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
30-196
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-196 30-196
6/21/2007 4:34:12 AM
METHOD
30.5.7 - Final drive reduction unit disassembly
Fig.100 - Planetary end drive
Disassembly
2 Remove disc (2).
30-197
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-197 30-197
6/21/2007 4:34:12 AM
METHOD
3 Extract pins (3).
4 Move planet pinions (5) towards the centre of planet carrier (4).
5 Position the assembly under a press and, using a suitable tool,

separate ring gear (6) from planet carrier (4).
Before starting this operation, make sure the planet

pinions (5) have not moved outwards.
6 Recover ring (7) and ball cage (8).
30-198
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-198 30-198
6/21/2007 4:34:13 AM
METHOD
7 Remove ring gear (6) and recover ball cage (9).
8 Remove planet pinions (5) and shims (10) from planet carrier
(4).
Remove needle roller bearings (11) from planet pinions (5).
9 Using a puller, remove oil seal (12).
Renew oil seal (12) on reassembly.
10 Only if necessary: Using a puller, remove ring (13).
30-199
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-199 30-199
6/21/2007 4:34:13 AM
METHOD
11 Only if necessary: extract bearing (14), circlip (15) and O-ring
(16) from planet carrier (4).
16
15
14
D0023880
Assembly
1 Remove all traces of paint from face A of planet carrier (4) and
face B of ring gear (6) to facilitate subsequent installation of oil
seal (12).
4
6
D0023890
2 Only if removed: Heat ring (13) to around 80 C (176 F) and

install it on planet carrier (4).
Make sure that is seated correctly.
3 Fit ball cage (9).
30-200
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-200 30-200
6/21/2007 4:34:14 AM
METHOD
4 Install planet pinions (5) complete with needle roller bearings (11)
and shims (10) in planet carrier (4) and secure them with pins
(3).
5 Fit ring gear (6).
6 Fit ball cage (8) and ring (7).
7 Locate disc (2) and tighten screws (1).
Screws: 633 Nm (46.42.2 lb.ft.)
30-201
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-201 30-201
6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM
METHOD
8 Place the final drive reduction unit under a press and, using the
specific tool T4 (P/N. 5.9030.980.0), install new oil seal (12).
30-202
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-202 30-202
6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM
METHOD
3
14
18
15 16
17
19 25
27
23
26
28
24
22
21
11
20
12
D0028080
13
Fig.101 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft
REMOVAL
1 Remove split pin (1) and loosen nut (2) without removing it.
F0080221
2 Using a soft mallet, disconnect rod (4) from steering knuckle

housing (3).
F0080232
30-203
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-203 30-203
6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM
METHOD
3 Remove screw (5) and withdraw pin (6).
5
F0079962
4 Recover oil seals (7) complete with bushes (8).

8
F0079972
5 Remove union (9) and disconnect brake pipe (10).

9
10
F0080241
11
F0080251
30-204
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-204 30-204
6/21/2007 4:34:16 AM
METHOD
7 Tighten screws (11) into the three threaded holes and withdraw
pin (12).
Recover shim (13).
12
11
13
F0080261
14
14
F0080271
9 Tighten the three screws (14) into the threaded holes and partially
withdraw pin (15).
15
Recover shims (16).
Note the quantity of shims (16) installed under the upper

pin (15).
14
16
F0080281
10 Attach the steering knuckle housing (3) to a hoist, remove pin

(15) and lift steering knuckle housing (3) clear of the tractor.
3
15
F0080291
30-205
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-205 30-205
6/21/2007 4:34:17 AM
METHOD
11 Remove seal (17), thrust washer (18), and remove bearing inner
ring (19).
17
18
19
F0080301
12 Remove seal (20) and thrust washer (21) and remove bearing
inner ring (22).
21
22
20
F0080311
23
F0080321
14 Only if necessary: Remove the outer races of bearings (19) and

(22).
19
22
D0023442
30-206
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-206 30-206
6/21/2007 4:34:18 AM
METHOD
15 Only if necessary: Remove oil seal (25), circlip (26) and needle
roller bearing (27) from axle housing (24).
25
24
27
26
D0023901
16 Remove oil seal (28) from steering knuckle housing (3).
Take care to install oil seal (28) the right way round.
28
D0023331
Installation
Procedure 17
24
Using a suitable drift, install roller cage (27) in axle housing (24)
and secure with circlip (26).
27
26
F0073202
Using a suitable drift A, install oil seal (25) in the axle housing.
25
F0073215
30-207
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-207 30-207
6/21/2007 4:34:19 AM
METHOD
Fig.102 - Drift drawing

Procedure 16
Only if the bearings (19) and (22) or the steering knuckle housing (3) or the axle housing (24) are renewed, adjust the bearing
preload.
Procedure 1
Nut: 985 Nm (72.23.7 lb.ft.)

If the slot does not line up with the hole in the pin, tighten the nut further until they are aligned.
30-208
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-208 30-208
6/21/2007 4:34:19 AM
METHOD
9
12
5 10
11
6
3
2
4
14
D0028090
15
13
Fig.103 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft
Adjusting the bearings preload

1 Fit halfshaft (2) in axle housing (1).
1
2
F0080322
2 Using a suitable tool, fit the outer rings of bearings (3) and (4) in
axle housing (1).
Make sure that the thinner outer ring is installed in the

upper hole and the thicker outer ring in the the lower
hole.
Install, the inner race of bearing (3), shim (5) and seals (6) in axle
housing upper side, and install the inner race of bearing (4), shim
(7) and oil seal (8) on the axle housing lower side.
30-209
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-209 30-209
6/21/2007 4:34:20 AM
METHOD
3 Locate the steering knuckle housing (9) and secure it in position
with the upper pin (10) without the shim and tighten the screws
(12).
12
10
F0080340
4 Fit the lower pin (13) and an 0.5 mm shim (14) and secure it in
position with screws (15).
14
15
13
F0080350
5 Loosen screws (12), raise upper pin (10) and insert a shim pack
(11) approx.1.5 mm thick; retighten screws (12).
6 Position a dial gauge A with a magnetic stand on the axle

housing oriented so that the contact point is perpendicular to the
lower pin (13) and preload the gauge by about 2 mm.
13
A
F0080370
30-210
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-210 30-210
6/21/2007 4:34:20 AM
METHOD
7 Apply leverage between axle housing (1) and steering knuckle
housing (9) and measure play G of the bearings.
Calculate the thickness of the shim pack to be inserted between
the upper pin (10) and the steering knuckle housing (9) in order
to preload the bearings between 0.10 and 0.15 mm.
10
1
Example 1: Measured play: 0.07
Final shim pack thickness: 1.5 - 0.10 - 0.07=1.33 mm

which rounds down to: 1.30 with a bearing preload of 0.13
mm
Example 2: Measured play: 0.18 mm
F0080380
Final shim pack thickness: 1.50 - 0.10 - 0.18=1.22 mm

which rounds down to: 1.20 mm with a bearing preload
of 0.12 mm
8 Loosen screws (12), adjust shim pack (11) to the calculated

thickness and fully tighten screws (12).
30-211
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-211 30-211
6/21/2007 4:34:21 AM
METHOD
30.5.10 - Differential unit
Removal
1 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from the axle.
Axle oil: max. 10.5 l (2.77 US.gall.)
2 Remove union (3) and disconnect differential locking pipe (4).

3
4
F0080400
3 Remove all the nuts (5).
Note the positions of the thicker washers.

5
5
F0080422
4 Using two screws as pullers, separate differential assembly (6)

from the axle housing.
6
F0080432
30-212
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-212 30-212
6/21/2007 4:34:21 AM
METHOD
5 Attach differential unit (7) to a hoist and lift it clear of the tractor.
F0080452
Installation
Procedure 5
30-213
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-213 30-213
6/21/2007 4:34:22 AM
METHOD
30.5.11 - Differential disassembly
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2) and O-ring (3).
2
F0080460
2 Remove differential lock control piston (4).

necessary.
5
F0080470
3 Detach spring (6).
F0080480
4 Remove split pin (7) and remove pin (8) and washer (9).
8
9
7
F0080490
30-214
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-214 30-214
6/21/2007 4:34:22 AM
METHOD
5 Remove control rod assembly (10).
10
F0080500
6 Drive out spring pin (11) and remove lever (12) and fork (13)
complete with shoes (14).
13
11
12
14
F0080510
7 Remove circlip (15), shims (16) and complete differential lock

assembly (17).
Note the quantity of shims (16).
15
16
17
F0080520
8 Only if necessary: Remove disc (18) and remove the seventeen

balls (19) and shims (20).
Note the quantity of shims (20).
30-215
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-215 30-215
6/21/2007 4:34:23 AM
METHOD
9 Separate quill (21) from sleeve (22).
Assembly
Procedure 2
O-ring: oil
30-216
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-216 30-216
6/21/2007 4:34:24 AM
METHOD
30.5.12 - Differential unit adjustment
Adjustment
1 Insert quill (2) into sleeve (1).
Position the seventeen balls (3) and disc (4).
Do not install any shims at this point.
2 Install differential lock (6) on differential unit (5) and install a

suitable shim pack (7) to eliminate any play between the sleeve
and circlip (8).
3 Remove the differential lock and fit some of the shims (7) between
disc (4) and sleeve (2), then reinstall on the differential unit.
4 Secure the differential lock (6) with the remaining shims (7) and
the circlip (8).
30-217
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-217 30-217
6/21/2007 4:34:24 AM
METHOD
5 With sleeve (1) moved towards the differential, check that the
flat part A of sleeve (1) is positioned on balls (3) as shown in
the figure.
A
3
If not, repeat the procedure described in points

4, 5 and 6 until the condition described above is
obtained.
D0023460
6 Fit fork (9) complete with shoes (10) and lever (11).
7 Secure lever (11) in position with spring pin (12).
8 Fit the differential lock piston (13).
O-rings: Oil
13
F0080471
30-218
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-218 30-218
6/21/2007 4:34:25 AM
METHOD
9 Fit cover (14) and relative O-ring (15) and tighten screws (16).
16
15
14
F0080560
10 Fit complete control rod assembly (17).

Fit pin (18) and washer (19) and secure them in position with
split pin (20).
18 19
17
20
F0080570
11 Adjust the length B of differential lock control rod (13) so that,

when sleeve (1) is in the position shown, shoes (10) are not
forced against it.
13
10
18,5
D0022000
30-219
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-219 30-219
6/21/2007 4:34:26 AM
METHOD
12 Fit spring (21).
21
F0080481
30-220
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-220 30-220
6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM
METHOD
12
3
9
11
7
8
10
5
1
19
15
20
21
18
17
23
22
16
13
14
D0027930
Fig.104 - Bevel gear pair
Disassembly
1 Remove bolts (1) and detach flange (2) and shims (3).
1
1
F0080580
30-221
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-221 30-221
6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM
METHOD
6
4
5
4
F0080590
3 Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender
drift, dislodge the inner ring of bearing (8).
8
F0080600
4 Using a puller, completely remove the inner ring of bearing (8).
5 Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove bearing
inner ring (10).
30-222
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-222 30-222
6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM
METHOD
6 Remove differential assembly (11).
7 Remove the remaining screws (9) and remove crown wheel

(12).
8 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (13).
To loosen the ringnut turn it clockwise.

Renew ringnut (13) on reassembly.
9 Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier
(15) and recover spacer (16).
14
16
15
F0080660
30-223
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-223 30-223
6/21/2007 4:34:28 AM
METHOD
10 Recover shims (17) and spacer (18) from pinion (14).
14
17
18
F0080670
11 Remove bearing outer race (19), shims (20) and spacer (21)
from differential carrier (15).
20
21
15
19
F0095450
12 Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (22) and bearing (23) from
differential carrier (15).
23
15
22
F0080692
13 Remove the inner race of bearing (19) from pinion (14).
Dislodge the bearing using a very thin tool and then use
a puller to remove it completely.
Assembly
Adjust.
30-224
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-224 30-224
6/21/2007 4:34:29 AM
METHOD
Stake ringnut (13) at the two points corresponding to the locations in
pinion (14).
Using a suitable tool, install oil seal (22) in differential carrier (15).
oil seal: Grease
30-225
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-225 30-225
6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM
METHOD
Adjusting the position and preload of the bevel pinion
5
2
3
9
4
10
12
11
13
14
D0027931
Adjustment
1 Note dimension E stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion
(1).
In the example described: E = -0.15 mm
30-226
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-226 30-226
6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM
METHOD
2 Install bearing inner race (2) on pinion shaft (1).
3 Install bearing outer race (2) and spacer (4) in differential carrier
(3).
2
4
F0095460
4 Install pinion (1) and flanges (5) and (6) complete with outer
bearing races (7) and (8) in differential carrier (3) and use a depth
gauge A to measure distance X.
A
5
Rotate pinion (1) in both directions to seat bearing (2).

Place onto the outer bearing race (8) on the crown wheel
side a cylindrical pin C 2.5 mm (code 2.1651.109.0) in
diameter to make up the difference between the outside
diameters of the bearings (7) (90) and (8) (85).
C
8
6
F0080741
30-227
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-227 30-227
6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM
METHOD
5 Calculate distance D from the differentials axis of rotation to
pinion head (1) with the following formula:
D=X-R
2,5 mm
Where: R = 45.00 = radius of bearing (7) on the opposite side to

the crown wheel
e.g:
Dimension X = 107.75 mm
Radius R = 45.00
D = 107.75 - 45.00 = 62.75 mm
2
4
1
D0027940
6 Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (5) and (6)
and form a shim pack (9) of thickness S calculated using the
following formula:
S = D - Theoretical value + E
Where: S = final shim pack thickness (8)

D = measurement calculated at point 5
Theoretical value = 61.00

E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1)
Example 1 (negative E value)
F0080750
D = 62.75 mm
E = - 0.15 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.15 = 1.60 mm

Example 2 (positive E value)
D = 62.75 mm
E = + 0.15 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm
30-228
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-228 30-228
6/21/2007 4:34:31 AM
METHOD
7 Install shim pack (9) and bearing outer race (2) in differential
carrier (3).
3
2
F0080683
8 Install pinion assembly (1) in the differential carrier and install

spacer (10) and a shim pack (11) approx. 1.50 mm thick.
Bearing: oil
11
1
10
F0080761
9 Install bearing assembly (12) in differential carrier (3) and seat it

using a suitable drift.
12
To facilitate assembly, position the differential carrier

vertically and rest the end face of the pinion on a spacer.
F0080771
10 Fit spacer (13) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening

ringnut (14).
Ringnut: 206226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
1
13
To tighten the ringnut, turn it anti-clockwise.

When tightening the ringnut, take care not to preload
bearings (2) and (12). If the bearings are preloaded,
increase the thickness of the shim pack (11).
14
F0080781
30-229
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-229 30-229
6/21/2007 4:34:31 AM
METHOD
11 Position a dial gauge F on a magnetic stand as shown and
place the contact point perpendicular to pinion (1) head. Preload
the gauge by about 2 mm then apply leverage to the pinion and
read play G of bearings (2) and (12).
12 Calculate thickness P of shim pack (11) to be installed under

spacer (10) using the following formula, rounding the value down
to the nearest 0.05 mm.
P = Installed shim thickness - measured play G
Example 1: (measured play = 0.17 mm)
12
10
11
14
P = 1.50 - 0.17 = 1.33 mm which rounds down to 1.30

mm

mm
D0023491
13 Remove ringnut (14) and withdraw the complete pinion, spacer

(10) and the inner race of bearing (12).
Loosen the ringnut by turning it clockwise.

14
F0080801
14 Alter shim pack (11) to the thickness P calculated in point 12

and refit the pinion as described in points 8 - 9 and 10.
While tightening the ringnut, rotate the pinion to ensure

bearings (2) and (12) run smoothly.
Rotate the pinion in both directions, lightly tapping it in an

axial direction to help seat bearings (2) and (12) and check as
described in point 12 that there is no pinion end float.
If end float is detected, repeat the procedure from point 13.
30-230
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-230 30-230
6/21/2007 4:34:32 AM
METHOD
Adjustment of the differential preload
Fig.106 - Adjustment of the differential preload
Adjustment
1 Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3).
30-231
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-231 30-231
6/21/2007 4:34:33 AM
METHOD
2 Fit differential assembly (1) in differential carrier (4) and, using a
suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (5).
Check that the bearing (5) and the differential (1) are
installed the right way round relative to the differential
carrier (4).
F0080830
3 Using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (6).
F0080840
4 Install outer bearing race (5) on the flange of the side opposite
the crown wheel (7).
Fit bearing outer race (6) in the crown-wheel side flange (8).
5 Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (10).
10
4
F0080860
30-232
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-232 30-232
6/21/2007 4:34:33 AM
METHOD
6 Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential
11
12
4
F0080870
7 Position a dial gauge on a magnetic stand F as shown, with the

contact point perpendicular to the hub of differential (1). Preload
the dial gauge by about 2mm and set it to zero.
Use a lever to apply force under differential (1) and measure play
G
e.g:
Measured play G = 0.37 mm

1
F0088280
8 Calculate the total thickness of shims T to be installed under

the flanges by subtracting measured play G from the thickness
of shims (9) and (11) installed under flanges (7) and (8), rounding
down the value obtained to the nearest 0.05 mm.
11
e.g:
Thickness of installed shims (9) and (11): 2.00 mm

Total shims thickness T: 2.00 -0.37 = 1.63 mm which
rounds down to 1.60 mm
F0080890
Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11).
9 Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall
it with flange (8).
11
12
Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).
F0080871
30-233
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-233 30-233
6/21/2007 4:34:34 AM
METHOD
10 Calculate thickness H of shim pack (9) by subtracting the
thickness of shims (11) installed under flange (8) from value T
calculated in point 10.
e.g:
H = T - 1.00 = 1.60 -1.00 = 0.60 mm
10
Form a shim pack (9) of thickness H, install it with flange (7) and
secure it by tightening down screws (10).
While tightening the screws, rotate the differential to

ensure that bearings (5) and (6) turn smoothly.
Bearing: oil
F0080861
11 Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat
the bearings (5) and (6) and check, as described in point 7, that
the differential has no end float.
Using a feeler gauge A, check that dimension D between
the end face of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct
within a tolerance of 0.10 mm.
12 Distance D = theoretical distance+ value E where:

Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
Value E = value stamped on pinion tooth.
Example 1 (positive value E)

E = + 0.10 mm
D = 1.00 + 0.10 = 1.10 mm
Acceptable values: 1.001.20 mm
Example 2 (negative value E)

E = - 0.05 mm
D = 1.00 - 0.05 = 0.95 mm
30-234
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-234 30-234
6/21/2007 4:34:35 AM
METHOD
Adjustment of the pinion and crown wheel
1 Position a dial gauge F on a magnetic stand with the contact
point perpendicular to a tooth flank on the external diameter
measure the backlash Z between the pinion and crown wheel
by turning the differential back and forth in both directions.
Normal backlash Z:
85HP version: 0.140.19 mm

average.
2 If backlash Z is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim

pack (11) (crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims
to shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash Z is
greater than 0.20 mm add shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel
side) and remove the same number of shims from shim pack (9)
(opposite side to the crown wheel).
11
be the same as the value obtained when checking the
preload of the differential bearings.

limits.
3 Finally tighten down screws (10) and (12) securing flanges (7)
and (8).
D0023500
12
Screws: 452 Nm (33.21.5 lb.ft.)

Screws: Loctite 242
10
8
F0080910
30-235
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-235 30-235
6/21/2007 4:34:35 AM
METHOD
10
9
2
12
11
7
8
D0023510
Fig.107 - Differential
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2).
2 Remove thrust washer (3) and side gear (4).
30-236
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-236 30-236
6/21/2007 4:34:36 AM
METHOD
3 Withdraw spring pin (5).
On more recent versions the spring pin (5)

is installed parallel to the differentials axis of
rotation.
4 Withdraw pin (6) and side gear (7) with relative thrust washer
(8).
8
6
F0080970
5 Remove planet side gear (9) and relative thrust washer (10).
11
Remove side gear (11) and relative thrust washer (12).

9
10
12
F0080980
Assembly
Procedures 2 - 4 - 5
Thrust washers: oil
30-237
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-237 30-237
6/21/2007 4:34:36 AM
METHOD
Disassembly
1
1
F0080580
30-238
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-238 30-238
6/21/2007 4:34:37 AM
METHOD
6
4
5
4
F0080590
3 Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender
drift, dislodge the inner ring of bearing (8).
8
F0080600
4 Using a puller, completely remove the inner ring of bearing (8).
5 Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove bearing
inner ring (10).
30-239
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-239 30-239
6/21/2007 4:34:37 AM
METHOD
6 Remove differential assembly (11).
7 Remove the remaining screws (9) and remove crown wheel

(12).
8 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (13).
To loosen the ringnut turn it clockwise.

Renew ringnut (13) on reassembly.
9 Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier
(15) and recover spacer (16).
14
16
15
F0080660
30-240
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-240 30-240
6/21/2007 4:34:38 AM
METHOD
10 Recover shims (17) and spacer (18) from pinion (14).
14
17
18
F0080670
11 Remove the outer ring of bearing (19) and shims (20) from
differential carrier (15).
20
15
19
F0080680
12 Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (21) and bearing assembly
(22) from differential carrier (15).
22
15
21
F0080690
13 Remove the inner race of bearing (19) from pinion (14).
Dislodge the bearing using a very thin tool and then use
a puller to remove it completely.
Assembly
Adjust.
30-241
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-241 30-241
6/21/2007 4:34:39 AM
METHOD
Stake ringnut (13) at the two points corresponding to the locations in
pinion (14).
Using a suitable tool, install oil seal (21) in differential carrier (15).
oil seal: Grease
30-242
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-242 30-242
6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM
METHOD
Adjusting the position and preload of the bevel pinion
4
2
3
8
9
10
11
12
13
D0023471
Adjustment
1 Note dimension E stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion
(1).
In the example described: E = -0.05 mm
30-243
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-243 30-243
6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM
METHOD
2 Install bearing inner race (2) on pinion shaft (1).
3 Install bearing outer race (2) in differential carrier (3).
2
F0080730
4 Install pinion (1) and flanges (4) and (5) complete with outer
bearing races (6) and (7) in differential carrier (3) and, using a
depth gauge A, measure distance X.
Rotate the pinion in both directions to seat the bearing.

Place onto the outer bearing race (7) on the crown wheel
side a cylindrical pin C 2.5 mm (code 2.1651.109.0) in
diameter, to make up the difference between the outside
diameters of the bearings (7) (90) and (6) (85).
30-244
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-244 30-244
6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM
METHOD
5 Calculate distance D from the differentials axis of rotation to
pinion head (1) with the following formula:
D=X-R
Where: R = 45.00 = radius of bearing (7) on the opposite side to
the crown wheel
e.g:
Dimension X = 107.75 mm
Radius R = 45.00
D = 107.75 - 45.00 = 62.75 mm
6 Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (4) and (5)
and form a shim pack (8) of thickness S calculated using the
following formula:
S = D - Theoretical value + E
Where: S = final shim pack thickness (8)

D = measurement calculated at point 5

E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1)
Example 1 (negative E value)
F0080750
D = 62.75 mm
E = - 0.05 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.05 = 1.70 mm

Example 2 (positive E value)
D = 62.75 mm
E = + 0.15 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm
30-245
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-245 30-245
6/21/2007 4:34:41 AM
METHOD
7 Install shim pack (8) and bearing outer race (2) in differential
carrier (3).
3
2
F0080681
8 Install pinion assy (1) in the differential carrier and install spacer
(9) and a shim pack (10) approx. 1.50 mm thick.
Bearing: oil
10
1
F0080760
9 Install bearing assembly (11) in differential carrier (3) and seat it

using a suitable drift.
To facilitate assembly, position the differential carrier

vertically and rest the end face of the pinion on a spacer.
10 Fit spacer (12) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening

ringnut (13).
Ringnut: 206226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
1
12
To tighten the ringnut, turn it anti-clockwise.

When tightening the ringnut, make sure not to preload
the bearings (2) and (11). If the bearings are preloaded,
increase the thickness of the shim pack (10).
13
F0080780
30-246
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-246 30-246
6/21/2007 4:34:41 AM
METHOD
11 Position a dial gauge F on a magnetic stand as shown and
place the contact point perpendicular to pinion (1) head. Preload
the gauge by about 2 mm then apply leverage to the pinion and
read play G of bearings (2) and (11).
12 Calculate the thickness P of shim pack (10) to be installed

under spacer (9) using the following formula, rounding the value
down to the nearest 0.05 mm.
P = Installed shim thickness - measured play G

mm

mm
13 Remove ringnut (13) and withdraw the pinion assembly, spacer

(9) and the inner race of bearing (11).
Loosen the ringnut by turning it clockwise.
14 Alter shim pack (10) to thickness P calculated in point 12 and

refit the pinion as described in points 8 - 9 and 10.
While tightening the ringnut, rotate the pinion to ensure

bearings (2) and (11) run smoothly.
15 Rotate the pinion both directions tapping it lightly to help seat bearings (2) and (11) and check as described in point 12 that
there is no pinion end float.
If end float is detected, repeat the procedures described in points 13, 14 and 15.
30-247
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-247 30-247
6/21/2007 4:34:42 AM
METHOD
Adjustment of the differential preload
Fig.110 - Adjustment of the differential preload
Adjustment
1 Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3).
30-248
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-248 30-248
6/21/2007 4:34:43 AM
METHOD
2 Fit differential assembly (1) in differential carrier (4) and, using a
suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (5).
Check that the bearing (5) and the differential (1) are
installed the right way round relative to the differential
carrier (4).
F0080830
3 Using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (6).
F0080840
4 Install outer bearing race (5) on the flange of the side opposite
the crown wheel (7).
Fit bearing outer race (6) in the crown-wheel side flange (8).
5 Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential
10
4
F0080860
30-249
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-249 30-249
6/21/2007 4:34:43 AM
METHOD
6 Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential
11
12
4
F0080870
7 Position a dial gauge on a magnetic stand F as shown, with the

contact point perpendicular to the hub of differential (1). Preload
the dial gauge by about 2mm and set it to zero.
Use a lever to apply force under differential (1) and measure play
G
e.g:

1
F0088280
8 Calculate the total thickness of shims T to be installed under

the flanges by subtracting measured play G from the thickness
of shims (9) and (11) installed under flanges (7) and (8), rounding
down the value obtained to the nearest 0.05 mm.
11
e.g:
Thickness of installed shims (9) and (11): 2.00 mm

Total shims thickness T: 2.00 -0.37 = 1.63 mm which
rounds down to 1.60 mm
F0080890
Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11).
9 Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall
it with flange (8).
11
12
Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).
F0080871
30-250
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-250 30-250
6/21/2007 4:34:44 AM
METHOD
10 Calculate thickness H of shim pack (9) by subtracting the
thickness of shims (11) installed under flange (8) from the value
T, calculated in point 9.
e.g:
H = T - 1.00 = 1.60 -1.00 = 0.60 mm
10
Form a shim pack (9) of thickness H, install it with flange (7) and
secure it by tightening down screws (10).
While tightening the screws, rotate the differential to

ensure that bearings (5) and (6) turn smoothly.
Bearing: oil
F0080861
11 Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat
bearings (5) and (6) and check, as described in point 8, that the
differential has no end float.
Using a feeler gauge A, check that dimension D between
the end face of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct
within a tolerance of 0.10 mm.
12 Distance D = theoretical distance+ value E where:

Value E = value stamped on pinion tooth.
Example 1 (positive value E)

E = + 0.10 mm
D = 1.00 + 0.10 = 1.10 mm
Example 2 (negative value E)

E = - 0.05 mm
D = 1.00 - 0.05 = 0.95 mm
30-251
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-251 30-251
6/21/2007 4:34:45 AM
METHOD
Adjustment of the pinion and crown wheel
1 Position a dial gauge F on a magnetic stand with the contact
point perpendicular to a tooth flank on the external diameter
measure the backlash Z between the pinion and crown wheel
by turning the differential back and forth in both directions.
Normal backlash Z:
100 HP version: 0.150.20 mm

average.
2 If backlash Z is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim

pack (11) (crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims
to shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash Z is
greater than 0.20 mm add shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel
side) and remove the same number of shims from shim pack (9)
(opposite side to the crown wheel).
11
be the same as the value obtained when checking the
preload of the differential bearings.

limits.
3 Finally tighten down screws (10) and (12) securing flanges (7)
and (8).
D0023500
12
Screws: 452 Nm (33.21.5 lb.ft.)

Screws: Loctite 242
10
8
F0080910
30-252
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-252 30-252
6/21/2007 4:34:45 AM
METHOD
10
9
12
11
7
D0023510
Fig.111 - Differential
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2).
2 Remove thrust washer (3) and side gear (4).
30-253
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-253 30-253
6/21/2007 4:34:46 AM
METHOD
3 Withdraw spring pin (5).
On more recent versions the spring pin (5)

is installed parallel to the differentials axis of
rotation.
4 Withdraw pin (6) and side gear (7) with relative thrust washer
(8).
8
6
F0080970
5 Remove planet side gear (9) and relative thrust washer (10).
11
Remove side gear (11) and relative thrust washer (12).

9
10
12
F0080980
Assembly
Procedures 4-5
Thrust washers: oil
30-254
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-254 30-254
6/21/2007 4:34:46 AM
METHOD
30.5.19 - Front brake discs
Removal
1 Remove screws (1) and remove reaction flange (2).
2 Remove friction disc (3) and steel disc (4).

3
4
F0085690
Installation
Procedure 2
Friction disc: Transmission oil
Procedure 1
Screws: 5965 Nm (43.5-48.0 lb.ft.)
30-255
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-255 30-255
6/21/2007 4:34:47 AM
METHOD
30.5.20 - Front axle brake piston
Disassembly
1
DANGER
2 Using a slide hammer puller, remove piston (1).
To facilitate removal of the piston, loosen the bleed screw

by a few turns.
F0085700
3 Recover seals (2) and (3).

3
F0085710
Assembly
Procedure 2
Install piston (1), making sure that the side with the slots is oriented outwards.
Seals: Brake fluid
30-256
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-256 30-256
6/21/2007 4:34:47 AM
METHOD
30.5.21 - 4WD shaft
REMOVAL
1
DANGER
2 Remove screws (1) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the righthand side).
1
F0120220
3 Remove screws (2) and (3) and remove guard (4).

3
F0120230
4 Remove clamps (5).

5
F0120240
30-257
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-257 30-257
6/21/2007 4:34:48 AM
METHOD
5 Disconnect brake pipes (6) and differential lock pipes (7).
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities

F0120250
6 Disconnect steering control pipes (8).
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities
F0120260
7 Remove front spring pin (9) and slide sleeve (10) along front axle
drive shaft (11).
11
10
F0120270
8 Remove rear pin (12) and slide sleeve (13) along the front axle
drive shaft (11).
11
12
Remove 4WD shaft (11).
13
F0120280
Installation
30-258
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-258 30-258
6/21/2007 4:34:49 AM
METHOD
Procedure 5
30-259
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-259 30-259
6/21/2007 4:34:50 AM
METHOD
30.6 - BODYWORK - CAB - PLATFORM
30.6.1 - Cab (G0.03.01)
Removal
1
DANGER

Disconnect the air conditioning pipes (1) and (2).

Remove nuts (3) and disconnect pipes (4) and (5) from bracket
(6).
4 For all versions

tractor.
11
10
F0120421
30-260
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-260 30-260
6/21/2007 4:34:50 AM
METHOD
5 Disconnect connectors (12), loosen screw (13) and move brake
tractor.
12
14
13
F0120420
6 Unplug connector (15).
15
F0120041
7 Disconnect the clutch control cylinder pipe (16).

16
F0120620
8 Remove screws (17) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the righthand side).
17
F0120221
30-261
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-261 30-261
6/21/2007 4:34:51 AM
METHOD
9 Remove screws (18) and (19) and remove guard (20).
19
18
20
20
F0120231
10 Disconnect steering control pipes (21).
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
21
F0120261
11 Remove screw (22) and bracket (23).
24
Disconnect power steering pressure pipe (24).

22
23
F0120610
12 Remove split pin (25) and remove pin (26).
28
Always renew the split pin.
Lower gaiter (27) and disengage parking brake cable (28).

27
25
26
30-262
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-262 30-262
6/21/2007 4:34:52 AM
METHOD
13 Remove split pin (29) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod (30).
30
29
14 Remove circlip (31) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod

(32).
31
32
15 Remove yoke (33) and retaining spring (34) then disconnect

cable (35) from the PTO selector lever
34
33
35
F0120650
16 Loosen nuts (36) and disconnect auxiliary services directional

control cables (37)
36
37
F0120660
30-263
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-263 30-263
6/21/2007 4:34:53 AM
METHOD
17 Disconnect wiring connectors on the left (38) and on the right
(39).
38
39
F0120670
18 Remove pins (40) and disconnect lift tie-rods (41).
41
40
F0120690
19 Remove screw (42) and disconnect ground cable (43).
43
42
F0120680
20 Disconnect pipe (44).
46
Remove screw (45) and disconnect reverse shuttle control lever

(46).
45
44
F0120700
30-264
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-264 30-264
6/21/2007 4:34:54 AM
METHOD
21 Remove screw (47) and disconnect gear control lever (48).
48
47
F0120710
22 Disconnect brake pipes (50) from SEPARATE BRAKE valve

(49).
49
50

F0120720
23 Remove screws (51) and remove cab access steps (52).
51
52
F0120740
of the tractor.
53
54
53
53
30-265
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-265 30-265
6/21/2007 4:34:55 AM
METHOD
55
26 Attach cab (56) to a suitable hoist and take the strain on the
rope.
56
F0120730
27 Remove front nuts (57) (n2) and rear nuts (58) (n2).
57
58
F0081401
28 Remove cab (56).
56
F0120750
Installation
30-266
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-266 30-266
6/21/2007 4:34:56 AM
METHOD
Procedure 27
Nuts: 170 Nm (125.3 lb.ft.)
Procedure 22
Procedure 12
Adjust the parking brake cable, if necessary.
Procedure 7
Procedure 2
Air conditioning pipe fittings:

(7/8-14UNF):
35.342.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
13.620.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.) - Return
30-267
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-267 30-267
6/21/2007 4:34:57 AM
METHOD
30.6.2 - Front hoods (G0.01.01)
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Press button (1) to raise front hood (2).
1
2
F0120020
3 Remove side panels (3).
F0120030
4 Unplug connector (4).
F0120040
30-268
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-268 30-268
6/21/2007 4:34:57 AM
METHOD
5 Supporting front hood (2), remove screw (5) and nuts (6) then
remove front hood (2).
5 6
F0120050
Installation
30-269
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-269 30-269
6/21/2007 4:34:58 AM
METHOD
30.6.3 - Fenders
Removal
1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove fender assembly (2).
Make note of the orientation or the anti-rotation brake (3).
2
3
Installation
30-270
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-270 30-270
6/21/2007 4:34:58 AM
METHOD
30.6.4 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04)
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove cover (1).

1
3 Remove nut (2) and remove steering wheel (3).

3
4 Remove knob (4), remove screws (5) and remove guard (6).
30-271
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-271 30-271
6/21/2007 4:34:59 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screws (7) and remove guard (8) and disconnect
connector (9).
6 Fully retract screws (10) and remove support (11) complete with
lights selector switch (12).
11
10
12
7 Remove panels (13) on both sides.
13
8 Detach instrument (14) from the instrument panel.
To avoid damaging the instrument panel prise the retaining

clips of the instrument with a screwdriver inserted through
the lateral openings of the instrument panel.
14
30-272
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-272 30-272
6/21/2007 4:34:59 AM
METHOD
9 Disconnect wiring connectors (15) and remove instrument (14).
15
14
10 Remove lower screws (16).
16
11 Remove upper screws (17) and move the instrument panel

towards the rear of the tractor.
17
12 Disconnect connectors (18) and (19).

18
19
Installation
30-273
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-273 30-273
6/21/2007 4:35:00 AM
METHOD
30.6.5 - Air conditioning
Fig.112 - Air conditioning

1. Compressor with electromagnetic clutch
2. Condenser
3. Filter-drier tank
4. Four level pressure switch for compressor clutch engagement/disengagement and condenser cooling fans control.
5. Expansion valve
6. Evaporator
7. Evaporator temperature sensor
8. Cab air blowers
9. Air cowling
10. Condenser cooling fans.
30-274
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-274 30-274
6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM
METHOD
Minimum safety pressure: 2.45 bar Maximum safety pressure: 28 bars
Refrigerant type: R134a
Refrigerant quantity: 1400 g
Total quantity of non-freezing oil added at 1st charging: 200 g
Type of oil: SUN-OIL COMPANY SP20
Malfunction
Compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is operated from a
switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions:
Inhibits engagement of electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incomplete
charging or refrigerant leakage.
Disengages clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar (406
psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls operation of fans (10) of condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure within the range of
1718 bar (246.5-261.0 psi). The refrigerant (in vapour state) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This compression
causes the temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is transferred to the air flow
generated by cooling fans (10). The refrigerant gas is thus cooled to the point at which it condenses to high-pressure liquid. At this
point the refrigerant is transferred to filter-drier unit (3), which performs three functions: to filter out any impurities, to absorb any
water in the circuit, and finally, to act as a storage reservoir. On leaving the receiver-drier, the clean, dry liquid passes to evaporator
(6) through an expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum evaporation. In the
evaporator, the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8C (17.6F). The
temperature of the air flow over evaporator (6) generated by centrifugal blowers (8) is significantly higher than -- 8C (17.6F), and
therefore it transfers heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns to
compressor (1) to repeat the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the
air to condense, and the air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained
at temperature above 0C (32F), it will freeze and comprise the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator
at a temperature above 0C (32F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic
temperature sensor (7); this sensor disengages the compressor clutch (1a) when the temperature falls to the lower limit and engages
the clutch (1a) when the evaporator temperature reaches an upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator fins (6)
contains dust, pollen and other particles suspended in the air; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and
the droplets of condensate are conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of non-freezing oil is added to the circuit in
order to lubricate all the mechanical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of
an oil mist, thereby lubricating the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.
Discharging, flushing and recharging

1
DANGER
Before evacuating, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a
leak detector.
2 To service the air conditioning system you will require a dedicated servicing machine capable of performing the following
operations:
Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.
Creation of a high vacuum to purge the system of contaminants.
Filtration of the recovered refrigerant.
Separation of the anti-freeze and lubricating oil from the liquid refrigerant and determination of its quantity by weight.
30-275
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-275 30-275
6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM
METHOD
Recharging system with the exactly the same amounts of refrigerant and oil as those recovered.
Measuring the system delivery side pressure and return pressure (low pressure).
Evacuating the system

1
DANGER
Remove the key from the ignition.
2 Connect the service machine to high pressure service connection (1) and follow the specific instructions for the service
machine to discharge the system.
3 Disconnect the system component to be renewed or overhauled immediately after the service machine stops; plug the open
ends of the system pipes as quickly as possible.
Flushing and recharging the system

1 Before each recharging, the system must be purged of all air, moisture and contaminants (oxides, deposits). This entails
creating a high vacuum within the system to evaporate any moisture present. The vapour, when extracted, draws with it any
contaminants present in the system.
For the purging and recharging operations, the service machine must be connected to high (1) and low (2) pressure
service valves.
DANGER
Maximum vacuum must be maintained for at least 10 minutes.
2 After flushing, the moisture-free oil recovered during the discharging operation must be re-introduced into the system, followed
by the refrigerant.
Quantity of refrigerant (R134a): 1400 g Oil quantity: the quantity recovered.

DANGER
If the system has to be discharged and flushed in order to renew a system component, the quantity of oil in
the replaced component must be measured and the same amount of new oil must added to that recovered
with the refrigerant.
DANGER
For details of the oil and refrigerant recharging procedure, refer to the instructions supplied with the service
machine.
30-276
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-276 30-276
6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM
METHOD
30.6.6 - Compressor
1
DANGER
Remove the key from the ignition
2 Disconnect electromagnetic clutch control connector (1).
Disconnect inlet (3) and delivery (4) lines from compressor (2).
Plug the open ends of the pipes immediately to prevent

moisture getting into the circuit.
4
1
3 Loosen nut (5), remove pivot screw (6) and remove compressor
(2).
6
5
Installation
Procedure 2
Remove the plugs and reconnect the pipelines straight away, tightening fully to ensure moisture does not get into the
system.
Inspect the O-rings and renew them if damaged.
Adjust the tension of the compressor/fan drivebelt.
Flush and recharge the system.
30-277
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-277 30-277
6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM
METHOD
30.6.7 - Clutch master cylinder
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Disconnect connectors (1), loosen screw (2) and remove brake

and clutch fluid reservoir (3) from the support.
2
F0120422
3 Remove screws (4) and tilt hood support (5) towards the front of
the tractor.
F0120492
30-278
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-278 30-278
6/21/2007 4:35:02 AM
METHOD
5 Remove four nuts (7) and move fuse box (8) clear.
7
8
F0120790
6 Remove screws (8) and nut (9) and separate guard (10).
8
8
10
9
F0120800
7 Remove split pin (11) and remove pivot pin (12).

11
12
F0120810
8 Disconnect connection pipe (13) to the compensation tank and

clutch control pipe (14).
13
14
F0120820
30-279
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-279 30-279
6/21/2007 4:35:03 AM
METHOD
9 Remove screws (15) and remove the clutch master cylinder
(16).
15
16
F0120830
Installation
Procedure 2
Fill the oil tank and bleed the air from the clutch circuit.
30-280
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-280 30-280
6/21/2007 4:35:04 AM
METHOD
30.6.8 - Clutch piston
Removal
1 Loosen adjuster nut (1) and free pipe (2) from clamp (3).
Disconnect pipe (2) from piston (4).
3
1
2
4
2 Remove screws (5) and remove piston assembly (4).

4
Installation
Procedure 2
Make sure that plunger (6) of the clutch piston is properly inserted
in the lever (7) then refit plug (8).
30-281
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-281 30-281
6/21/2007 4:35:04 AM
METHOD
30.6.9 - Clutch control circuit
Bleeding the system
1
DANGER
During air bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the reservoir is always above the minimum level.
2 Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing

A to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing in a
container to collect the fluid.
A
1
Repeatedly depress the clutch pedal until you feel resistance,

then hold the pedal pressed down.
Slowly open bleed valve (1) and allow fluid and air to escape.
F0096250
3 While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw; release the pedal.
Repeat the previous operations until the fluid flowing from the bleed valve is entirely free of air bubbles.
After bleeding, fit the dust cap to the bleed valve.
30-282
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-282 30-282
6/21/2007 4:35:05 AM
METHOD
30.6.10 - Brake master cylinders
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove cap (1) and draw off the fluid contained in brake fluid
reservoir (2).
Remove screw (3) and move brake fluid compensation tank (2)
the tractor.
F0120492
30-283
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-283 30-283
6/21/2007 4:35:05 AM
METHOD
5 Withdraw split pins (7) and remove pivot pins (8).
6 Disconnect suction pipes (10), balance pipe (11) and brake pipes
(12) and (13) from brake master cylinders (9).
10
Label pipes (12) and (13) to avoid confusion on

reconnection.
9
9
11
13
12
7 Remove screws (14) (2 per master cylinder) and remove the

brake master cylinders.
14
9
Installation
Fill the brake fluid reservoir to the maximum level.

Bleed the air from the braking circuit.
Check the position and alignment of the brake pedals.
30-284
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-284 30-284
6/21/2007 4:35:07 AM
METHOD
Adjustment
1
This procedure must be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and with all the oil delivery
and return pipes connected.
2
DANGER
Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the maximum depth position.
DANGER
When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.
3 Attach either an implement or a 200 kg weight to the 3-point linkage.

4 Move yellow lever (1) to the maximum height position.
1
5 Check that lever (2) is seated against lift (3).

If not, or if lever (2) is restricting the travel of yellow lever (1),
adjust the length of tie-rod (4) by way of yoke (5).
30-285
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-285 30-285
6/21/2007 4:35:08 AM
METHOD
6 After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (1) to the control
position and green lever (6) to position 12.
1
7 Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move green
lever (6) to position 0.
Take care because the lift arms will rise.

6
8 When the lift stops, check that hole A on right hand arm (7) is
aligned with the hole in lift cover (3).
9 If not, remove plug (8) and adjust the height by way of push rod
(9).
Screw in push rod (9) to raise the arms.

Screw out push rod (9) to lower the arms.
9
Tighten locknut (10) and refit plug (8).
Renew the washer on reassembly.

8
10
30-286
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-286 30-286
6/21/2007 4:35:08 AM
METHOD
10 After performing the adjustment, move the yellow lever (1) to the
maximum height position and the green lever to position 12.
1
11 Check that hole A on right hand lift arm (7) is aligned with the
hole on lift (3).
If not, loosen screw (11) to bring the holes into alignment.
Mark a horizontal line on the cylinder rod about 10-12 mm

from the seal.
12 Then slacken off screw (11) another full turn and secure it in
position with locknut (13).
Check that the line marked on the cylinder rod is near the
seal.
13
11
Adjust the length of tie-rod (12) by way of the yoke so that the
yellow lever can move through its entire stroke to maximum lift
position without impinging on screw (11).
12
F0121181
13 Move yellow lever (1) to the control position and green lever (6)
to position 12.
The lift should be lowered to maximum depth position.

1
Slowly move green lever (6) towards position O until the lift
starts to move.
30-287
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-287 30-287
6/21/2007 4:35:09 AM
METHOD
14 The lift should start to move when green lever (6) is in position
4.
If it starts to move earlier, (in position 5 or 6), shorten

tie-rod (4).
If it starts to move later, (in position 3 or 2) lengthen
tie-rod (4).
F0120691
30-288
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-288 30-288
6/21/2007 4:35:10 AM
METHOD
Adjustment
1
This procedure should be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and service tool T2 installed
in place of the auxiliary services directional control valve. Furthermore, the level tube installed inside the lift
cover should be replaced with another tube approximately 100 mm long.
2
DANGER
Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the maximum depth position.
DANGER
When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.
1
1
5 Connect service tool T2 to the tractor hydraulic system as

shown.
30-289
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-289 30-289
6/21/2007 4:35:10 AM
METHOD
6 Connection to service tool T2.
7 Attach either an implement or a 200 kg weight to the 3-point

linkage.
3
Move yellow lever (3) to the maximum height position.
8 Check that lever (4) is up against stop (5).

If not, or if lever (4) is restricting the travel of yellow lever (3),
adjust the length of tie rod (6).
9 After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (3) to the control
position and green lever (7) to position 12.
3
30-290
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-290 30-290
6/21/2007 4:35:11 AM
METHOD
10 Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move yellow
lever (3) to the maximum lift position.
3
11 When the lift stops, check that the end of piston (8) is flush with
cylinder (9).
9
12 If piston (8) protrudes from the cylinder or stops inside it, adjust
the stroke by way of tie rod (10).
Shorten the tie-rod to make the piston protrude from the

cylinder.
10
Lengthen the tie rod to cause the piston to retract inside

the cylinder.
13 Move yellow lever (3) to the control position and green lever (7)
to position 0
Take care as the lift arms should still rise a little.

3
30-291
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-291 30-291
6/21/2007 4:35:12 AM
METHOD
14 Check that piston (8) protrudes approximately 5 mm from cylinder
(9).
9
15 If piston (8) does not stop in the correct position, adjust the stroke
by way of screw (11).
Screw in if the piston protrudes too much (7 mm).

Screw out if the piston does not protrude enough (3 mm).
After each adjustment, check by moving green lever (7) to
position 12 and then back to position 0.
11
16 Move green lever (7) to position 12.
The lift should be lowered to maximum depth position.
Slowly move green lever (7) towards position 0 until the lift
starts to move.
17 The lift should start to move when green lever (7) is in position
4.
30-292
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-292 30-292
6/21/2007 4:35:13 AM
METHOD
18 If the lift starts to move earlier (near positions 5 or 6) shorten
tie-rod (12).
If it starts to move later (near positions 3 or 2) lengthen tie-rod
(12).
12
12
19 On completion of the adjustments, replace the temporary level tube with the original one, remove special tool T2 and complete
the installation of the lift and the removed components.
30-293
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-293 30-293
6/21/2007 4:35:14 AM
METHOD
30.7 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove split pin (1) and remove pin (2).
Lower gaiter (3) and disengage parking brake cable (4).

3
3 Remove split pin (5) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod (6).
4 Remove split pin (7), remove pin (8) and disconnect tie-rod (9) of
the 4WD engagement control.
8
7
30-294
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-294 30-294
6/21/2007 4:35:14 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screws (10) and (11) and remove support assy (12).
11
12
10
11
6 Loosen nuts (13) but do not remove them.
13
7 Disconnect pressure pipe (14) from master cylinder (15).
17
Plug pipe to prevent dirt from entering the system.
Remove screws (16) and turn pipe (17) counterclockwise to free

pump (14).
16
Remove the two screws (18) and remove pump (14).

18
14
18
15
Installation
Procedure 7
Procedure 2
Adjust the parking brake cable, if necessary
30-295
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-295 30-295
6/21/2007 4:35:15 AM
METHOD
30.7.2 - Power steering (H0.02.01)
See para. 30.6.4 - Front instrument p... - Page 30-271 - (G0.06.04)
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove screw (1) and move brake fluid compensation tank (2)
the tractor.
30-296
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-296 30-296
6/21/2007 4:35:16 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screws (7) and remove power steering support (8).
7
6 Loosen and remove all unions (8).

8
8
7 Remove screws (9) and remove power steering (10).
9
9
10
Installation
Procedure 7
Power steering valve bore: Molybdenum grease.
30-297
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-297 30-297
6/21/2007 4:35:17 AM
METHOD
30.7.3 - Pressure relief valve setting:
Checking maximum operating pressure
1 Disconnect the rod side pressure connection from one of the
steering cylinders (1) and replace with union B connected in
turn to a 400 bar full scale pressure gauge
2 Start the engine and turn the steering to full lock to expel any air from the steering circuit.
3 Force the steering to full lock on the side to which the pressure gauge is connected and read off the maximum continuous
pressure on gauge A.
Maximum permissible pressure: 150 bar (2175.6 psi)
4 If the pressure reading differs from the specified value, adjust the pressure relief valve of the power steering unit.
Pressure relief valve setting:

1 Remove plug (3) and relative seal (4).
Using a hex key proceed to adjust relief pressure by positioning
setscrew (5).
3
4
To INCREASE, turn the screw CLOCKWISE

To REDUCE, turn the screw COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
Refit plug (3), checking that seal (4) is correctly seated.
Plug: 5060 Nm (36.9-44.2 lb.ft.)

F0012580
30-298
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-298 30-298
6/21/2007 4:35:18 AM
METHOD
30.7.4 - Power steering disassembly
26
27
28
29
31
15
18
24
13
"
32
"b
33
"a 19
34
21
35
20
22
16
&)a
12
&)b
10
17
"' a
"' b
a
8
7
"' a
"'
6
11
9
2
5
4
D0029230
2
3
Fig.113 - Power steering
Disassembly
1 Unscrew and remove screws (1) and (3) and washers (2) securing
cover (4) (6 screws plus one special screw).
3
1 2
F0009470
30-299
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-299 30-299
6/21/2007 4:35:18 AM
METHOD
2 Remove cover (4) by sliding it off sideways.
4
F0009480
3 Lift rotary spool unit (5) complete with O-rings (6) and spacer
(7).
F0009490
4 Remove drive shaft (8).
F0009500
5 Remove distributor plate (9).

9
F0009510
30-300
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-300 30-300
6/21/2007 4:35:19 AM
METHOD
6 Remove relief valve stop bush (10).
10
F0009520
7 Remove O-ring (11).
11
F0009530
8 Remove ball (12) of the check valve and pins (13) and balls (15)
of the suction valves.
15
12
13
F0009541
9 Checking through the central hole of the spool, position spoolbush assembly cross pin (16) horizontally. Push assembly (17)
and the bearing assembly out of power steering housing (18).
17
18
F0009550
30-301
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-301 30-301
6/21/2007 4:35:20 AM
METHOD
10 Remove outer ring (19), inner ring (20) and roller bearing (21)
from the spool; remove also ring (22).
It may occur that inner ring (20) (thin) remains in the

steering valve housing; ensure that it is fact removed.
20
22
21
19
F0009560
11 Remove cross pin (16), bush (17b) and spool (17a).
Use special cover screw (3).
17b
16
17a
F0009570
12 Slowly withdraw spool (17a) from bush (17b).

17b
17a
F0009580
13 Press neutral position springs (23) and remove them from spool
(17a).
23
17a
F0009590
30-302
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-302 30-302
6/21/2007 4:35:21 AM
METHOD
14 Remove dust seal (24) and composite seal (25) (O-ring + seal).
25
24
F0009600
15 For ON versions:
Remove the plugs (26) of the antishock valves.
26 27
F0009611
16 Remove seals (27).
27
F0009620
17 Remove calibration screws (28).
28
F0009630
30-303
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-303 30-303
6/21/2007 4:35:22 AM
METHOD
18 Remove springs (29) and the two balls (30).
The valve seats are fixed inside the steering valve housing
and cannot be removed.
29
30
28
F0009641
19 Check that the valve components are arranged shown in the

figure.
30
29
28
27
26
30
29
28
27
26
F0009650
20 For all versions:

Remove plug (31) and its seal.
31
F0009660
21 Remove pressure relief adjuster screw (33).
33
F0009670
30-304
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-304 30-304
6/21/2007 4:35:23 AM
METHOD
22 Turn over the steering valve housing and remove spring (34) and
relief valve (35).
The seat of the relief valve is a force fit in the housing and
cannot be removed.
35
34
F0009680
Assembly
1
Prior to reassembly, lubricate all components with gearbox

oil.
Insert the two flat washers (23a) in the seat and centre them
relative to the diameter of spool (17a). Insert the four curved
washers (23b) in pairs between the two flat washers (23a) and
push them fully home.
23b
23a
23b
23a
17a
F0009690
2 Align spring assembly (23).
23
F0009700
3 Insert spool (17a) in bush (17b).
Check that the position between the bush and the spool is
as described in stage 1.
17b
17a
F0009580
30-305
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-305 30-305
6/21/2007 4:35:24 AM
METHOD
4 Simultaneously push springs (23) and spool (17a) until the
springs are seated in the slots in bush (17b).
23
17a
17b
F0009710
5 Align springs (23) and make sure they are positioned centrally in
relation to the diameter of bush (17b).
23
17b
F0009720
6 Install ring (22) on its seat on bush (17b).
Ring (22) must be free to rotate without interfering with

springs (23).
22
17b
F0009730
7 Insert cross pin (16).
16
F0009740
30-306
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-306 30-306
6/21/2007 4:35:25 AM
METHOD
8 Install the thrust bearing components in the order indicated in
point 9.
20
22
21
F0009751
9 Thrust bearing assembly.
17a - Spool
17b - Bush
21- Needle roller bearing
20 - Inner ring
22 - Outer ring
DANGER
The outer ring must be installed with chamfer X
facing the shoulder of the spool.
10 Position steering valve housing (18) so the hole is horizontal.

Insert into the bush/spool assembly bore the guide of special tool
T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
11 Lubricate oil seal (25a) and O-ring (25b) and fit them on the push
rod of tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
30-307
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-307 30-307
6/21/2007 4:35:26 AM
METHOD
12 Fit tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0). and insert it in the guide previously
inserted in the steering valve bore.
13 Push seal (25) into its seat in steering valve housing (18) while
rotating it to ease it into position.
18
F0009790
14 Withdraw from the valve housing (18) the tool T9 (code

5.9030.480.0). and the guide, leaving the tool plunger in the
housing.
15 Insert bush/spool assembly (17) in steering valve bore (18).

Rotate the valve slightly while inserting it to ease it into position.
Keep the cross pin horizontal while inserting the

assembly.
17
18
F0009810
30-308
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-308 30-308
6/21/2007 4:35:26 AM
METHOD
16 Push in assembly (17) until fully seated so that it forces out the
tool push rod left in the housing in step 14.
18
17
F0009820
17 Rotate steering valve housing (18) until the centre hole is vertical.
Insert ball (12) of the relief valve in the hole indicated by the
arrow.
12
18
F0009830
18 Screw valve retaining bush (10) into the bore of the relief valve.
The top of the retaining bush should be set below the face
of steering valve housing (18).
10
18
F0009521
19 Insert the two balls (15) in the holes indicated by the arrows.
15
F0010310
30-309
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-309 30-309
6/21/2007 4:35:27 AM
METHOD
20 Insert elements (13) in the same holes.
13
F0009841
21 Lubricate O-ring (11) and fit it in its seat.
11
O-ring: temperature sensor
F0009850
22 Locate distributor plate (9) so that its holes are aligned with the
holes in steering valve housing (18).
18
F0009860
23 Insert drive shaft (8) in the hole so that it engages the cross pin;
check that the engagement with the cross pin is parallel to the
steering column mounting face.
8
F0009870
30-310
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-310 30-310
6/21/2007 4:35:28 AM
METHOD
24 Position the drive shaft so that it is vertical and hold it in this
position using a suitable tool.
F0009880
25 Lubricate the two O-rings (6) and fit them in the two grooves in
rotary spool unit (5). Fit rotary spool unit (5) to drive shaft (8).
O-rings: temperature sensor
8
5
F0009890
26
DANGER
Install the rotor (5a) on the drive shaft (8) so that
the valley between two lobes is aligned with the
groove in the end of the drive shaft. Then turn the
outer ring (5b) to align the fixing holes.
5a
F0009900
27 Install spacer (7).

7
F0009910
30-311
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-311 30-311
6/21/2007 4:35:29 AM
METHOD
28 Fit cover (4).
4
F0009920
29 Insert special screw (3) complete with washer (2) in the hole
indicated in the photo.
3
F0009930
30 Insert the six screws (1) complete with washers (2). Tighten
screws (1) and (3) in a crosswise sequence to a torque of 306
Nm (22.14.4 lb.ft.).
3
1 2
F0009471
31 Fit valve (35).
35
F0009940
30-312
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-312 30-312
6/21/2007 4:35:30 AM
METHOD
32 Fit spring (34).
34
F0009950
33 Fit the pressure adjustment screw (33).
Calibrate maximum working pressure on a test bench.

Pressure: 180+10 bar (2610+145 psi)
33
F0009670
34 Fit plug (31) complete with seal.
Plug: 5010 Nm (36.87.4 lb.ft.)
31
F0009660
35 Locate dust seal (24) in steering valve housing (18).

24
18
F000 9970
30-313
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-313 30-313
6/21/2007 4:35:31 AM
METHOD
36 Install dust seal (24) in the steering valve housing using a suitable
drift and a soft faced mallet.
F000 9980
37 For ON versions:
Insert balls (30), springs (29) and set screws (28) in their
sockets.
29
30
28
F0009641
38 Lock setscrews (28) in their seats.
28
F0009630
39 Fit seals (27) and screw in plugs (26).
Plugs: 30 Nm (22.1 lb.ft.)
26 27
F0009611
30-314
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-314 30-314
6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM
METHOD
40 For all versions:
Close off the oil ports with plastic plugs to prevent impurities
getting in.
Fit the plugs by hand pressure alone; do not hammer.
F0009990
41 On completion of the assembly operation, test the operating pressure of the relief valve and calibrate as necessary.
30-315
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-315 30-315
6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM
METHOD
30.7.5 - Power steering pump
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Remove circlip (1) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod (2).

2
3 Remove circlip (3) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod (4).
4 Remove screws (5) and remove linkage (6).
30-316
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-316 30-316
6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM
METHOD
5 Loosen clamps (7) and move sleeve (8) towards the rear.
8
7
6 Loosen fully union (9), remove screws (10) and remove pipe
(11).
11
Remove screws (12) and remove pump (13).
10
13
12
Installation
Procedure 6
30-317
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-317 30-317
6/21/2007 4:35:33 AM
METHOD
Removal
1
DANGER

control cables (2).
Label the wires to avoid confusion on reconnection.
2
F0120661
3 Disconnect pipes (3) and (4).

3
F0121000
4 Loosen clamps (5) and disconnect oil recovery pipes (6).
5
5
6
6
F0121010
30-318
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-318 30-318
6/21/2007 4:35:34 AM
METHOD
5 Remove union (7).
F0121020
6 Remove nuts (8) and remove directional control valve assy (9).
9
F0121030
Installation
30-319
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-319 30-319
6/21/2007 4:35:35 AM
METHOD
Removal
1
DANGER

control cables (2).
1
2
F0120661

4
Disconnect pipes (3) from support (4).
Expel any air from the compressed air circuit.

3
4 For versions with front lift

Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt
30-320
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-320 30-320
6/21/2007 4:35:35 AM
METHOD
5 Remove screw (6) and remove clamps (7).
7
6 Remove unions (8) and remove pipes (9).
7 For all versions

Remove screws (10) and remove bracket (11).
11
10
8 Disconnect delivery pipe (12) from the control valve.
12
30-321
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-321 30-321
6/21/2007 4:35:36 AM
METHOD
13
10 Remove screws (14) to free pipe (15).
15
14
11 Loosen union (16), remove nut (17) and remove clamp (18).
17
18
16
12 Connect directional control valve (19) to a hoist and take up the

slack in the lifting sling.
19
30-322
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-322 30-322
6/21/2007 4:35:37 AM
METHOD
13 Remove directional control valve assy (19).
19
Installation
Procedure 10
Screws: Loctite 542
30-323
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-323 30-323
6/21/2007 4:35:38 AM
METHOD
Brake bleeding procedure
1
DANGER
During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum
level.
Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing A to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing
in a container to collect the fluid.
2 Fully depress the brake pedal corresponding to the side of the circuit to be bled until you feel significant resistance, at which
point keep pressing the pedal.
3 Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel.
5 Repeat the sequence of steps until the fluid flowing from the bleed screw is entirely free of air bubbles.
6 Bleed all the brakes.
After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws.
Bleeding the rear brakes circuit

1 Turn knob (1) of SEPARATE BRAKES valve (2) to the ON
position (horizontal) to enable braking on the rear brakes only.
Disconnect brake pedals (3) by disengaging latch (4).
4
1
2
3
F0085820
2 Versions without trailer braking or with trailer hydraulic

braking system:
Bleed the LH rear brake.
30-324
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-324 30-324
6/21/2007 4:35:38 AM
METHOD
3 Bleed the RH rear brake.
4 For versions with trailer air braking:

Bleed the pilot circuit of the trailer braking valve.
F0085840
Bleeding the front brakes circuit

1 Turn knob (1) of SEPARATE BRAKES valve (2) to the OFF
position (vertical) to enable braking on all the brakes.
2
3
F0087840
2 Bleed the front brakes circuit.
F0085860
30-325
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-325 30-325
6/21/2007 4:35:39 AM
METHOD
Brake bleeding procedure
1
DANGER
During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum
level.
Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing A to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing
in a container to collect the fluid.
2 Fully depress the brake pedal corresponding to the side of the circuit to be bled until you feel significant resistance, at which
point keep pressing the pedal.
3 Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel.
5 Repeat the sequence of steps until the fluid flowing from the bleed screw is entirely free of air bubbles.
6 Bleed all the brakes.
After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws.
Bleeding the rear brakes circuit

1 Turn knob (1) of SEPARATE BRAKES valve (2) to the ON
position (horizontal) to enable braking on the rear brakes only.
Disconnect brake pedals (3) by disengaging latch (4).
4
1
2
3
F0085820
2 Bleed the LH rear brake.
30-326
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-326 30-326
6/21/2007 4:35:40 AM
METHOD
3 Bleed the RH rear brake.
4 Versions with hydraulic trailer braking:

5 For versions with trailer air braking:

F0085840
Bleeding the front brakes circuit

1 Turn knob (1) of SEPARATE BRAKES valve (2) to the OFF
position (vertical) to enable braking on all the brakes.
2
3
F0087840
30-327
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-327 30-327
6/21/2007 4:35:40 AM
METHOD
2 Bleed the front brakes circuit.
F0085860
30-328
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-328 30-328
6/21/2007 4:35:42 AM
METHOD
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Loosen unions (1) on both sides and disconnect pipes (2) and all
connectors (3).
1
2
3 Remove unions (4) and (5).
4 Disconnect pipe (6) and remove control lines (7).

6
30-329
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-329 30-329
6/21/2007 4:35:42 AM
METHOD
Recover the spacers.
6 Remove solenoid valve assy (9).
Installation
Procedure 6

O-ring: transmission oil.

Start the engine to allow the oil to circulate, then check for leaks.
30-330
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-330 30-330
6/21/2007 4:35:43 AM
METHOD
30.8 - FRONT PTO
30.8.1 - Front PTO
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Position a stand A in the middle of pivot (1).
3 Disconnect wiring connectors (2) from air cleaner clogging

sensor (3).
3
4 Loosen clamps (4), (5) and (6) and remove air intake hose (7).
7
6
30-331
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-331 30-331
6/21/2007 4:35:43 AM
METHOD
5 Remove pipes (8) and (9) from cooler (10).
10

8
9
6 Remove screws (11) (one per side) and remove cooler (10).
11
10
7 Remove screws (12) and remove filter (13) from support (14).
12
14
13
8 Remove screws (15) and remove support assy (14).
14
15
30-332
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-332 30-332
6/21/2007 4:35:44 AM
METHOD
9 Remove unions (16) and remove clamps (17) (one per side).
Remove union (18) and overturn pipe (19) to the side.
16
17
18
19
10 Loosen and remove clamps (20).

20
11 Remove screw (21), support (22) and batteries (23).
21
22
23
12 Using a pin punch, remove dowel (24) and withdraw PTO drive
25
24
30-333
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-333 30-333
6/21/2007 4:35:45 AM
METHOD
13 Remove screws (26) and remove guard (27).
26
27
14 Remove screws (28) and remove hitch assy (29).

29
28

30
31
16 Remove screws (32) on both sides and tilt the cooler towards the
rear of the tractor.
32
30-334
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-334 30-334
6/21/2007 4:35:47 AM
METHOD
17 Attach PTO assy (33) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting
sling.
33
18 Remove the four fixing screws (34) of assy (33).
34
34
33
19 Slowly lift PTO assy (33) causing it to rotate towards the front.
Take care not to damage the cooler.
PTO assembly: 70 kg
33
Installation
30-335
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-335 30-335
6/21/2007 4:35:48 AM
METHOD
30.8.2 - PTO assembly.
Fig.114 - PTO assembly.
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover assy (2).
30-336
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-336 30-336
6/21/2007 4:35:49 AM
METHOD
2 Remove screws (3) and remove solenoid valve assy (4).
3 Using a screw as a puller, remove pipes (5).

necessary.
4 Remove nuts (7) and remove cover assy (8).
5 Only if necessary
Remove oil seal (9).
Note which way round oil seal (9) is fitted.
30-337
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-337 30-337
6/21/2007 4:35:49 AM
METHOD
6 Remove input shaft (11) retaining screw (10).
Renew the copper washers on reassembly
Raise oil seal (12).
7 Remove input shaft assy (11).
8 Use a pry bar to dislodge shaft (13) complete with outer bearing
(14).
9 Remove output shaft (15) complete with bearing.
Use a copper hammer, if necessary.
30-338
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-338 30-338
6/21/2007 4:35:50 AM
METHOD
10 Remove gear (17) and bearings (18) and (19).
11 Remove pin (20) to free clutch assy (21).
12 Remove clutch assy (21) from PTO casing (22).
13 Remove plug (23) and remove mesh filter (24).
30-339
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-339 30-339
6/21/2007 4:35:50 AM
METHOD
14 Withdraw pump assy (25).
15 Remove circlip (26) and, using a suitable puller, remove bearing

(27).
16 Remove oil seal (12).
17 Position shaft (15) under a press and withdraw the inner race of
roller bearing (16).
30-340
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-340 30-340
6/21/2007 4:35:51 AM
METHOD
18 Using a puller, remove bearing (14) from shaft (13).
19 Only if necessary
Using an internal puller and slide hammer T1 (P/N.
5.9030.618.4/10), disassemble bush (29) from shaft (13).
Assembly
1 Only if removed
Lubricate bush (29) and refit it using a suitable driving tool.
The bush must be inserted approximately 1 mm (0.04 in.)

below the surface of the shaft (13).
2 Heat bearing (14) to approximately 80C (176F) and install on

shaft (13).
Ensure the bearing is seated fully home.
Fit O-ring (28).
30-341
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-341 30-341
6/21/2007 4:35:52 AM
METHOD
3 Heat the inner race of bearing (16) to approximately 80C (176F)
and fit it on shaft (15).
The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing towards

the splined part of the shaft.
4 Lubricate shaft (11) and the lip of oil seal (12).

Oil seal and shaft: temperature sensor
Fit ring (12) on shaft (11) and drive it fully home.
Note the direction of assembly.
5 Heat bearing (27) and install on shaft (11), driving it fully home.
Fit circlip (26).
6 Fit pump assy (25).
30-342
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-342 30-342
6/21/2007 4:35:53 AM
METHOD
7 Fit clutch assy (21) in PTO casing (22).
8 Tighten pin (20) taking care to centre the relevant hole in clutch
assy (21).
9 Insert complete input shaft (11), turning it to and fro in both

directions in order to mesh the teeth in the pump and clutch
assy.
10 Tighten screw (10) ensuring it enters the keyway on shaft (11).
30-343
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-343 30-343
6/21/2007 4:35:53 AM
METHOD
11 Fit roller bearing (19) in PTO casing (22).
The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing the

output of the PTO shaft
Fit ball bearing (18) in PTO casing (22).

Fit gear (17) in PTO casing (22).
12 Fit shaft (15), aligning it with gear (17) and bearing (19).
To fit roller bearing (19), tap lightly with a copper-headed

hammer and rotate shaft (15)
13 Fit bearing outer race (16).
During assembly, tap lightly with a hammer around the

entire circumference.
14 Fit the shaft complete with outer bearing (14).
To insert, use a copper-headed hammer to tap lightly

on the shaft and around the outer circumference of the
bearing.
30-344
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-344 30-344
6/21/2007 4:35:54 AM
METHOD
15 Using a suitable drift, install oil seal (9) in cover (8).
Note the direction of assembly.
16 Apply sealant to the mating surfaces and fit cover (8).
Sealant: Silastic 738
Tighten nuts (7).
Tighten the screws in an alternate cross-wise sequence.
17 Using a suitable drift T2, seat oil seal (12).
18 Fit mesh filter (24) on pump suction pipe.

Smear sealant on the threads of plug (23) and tighten.
Plug: Silastic 738
30-345
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-345 30-345
6/21/2007 4:35:55 AM
METHOD
19
Insert extensions (5) complete with O-rings (6).
20 Apply sealant to the mating surfaces of solenoid valve assy (4).
Surfaces: Loctite 510
Fit solenoid valve (4) and secure it with screws (3).
21 Apply sealant to the upper mating surface of PTO housing (22).
Check that the sealant forms a continuous film around the

holes of the cover fixing screws.
Fit cover (2) centring the oil delivery and return unions.
22 Fit cover (2) and tighten screws (1).
23 Fill the PTO with oil.
30-346
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-346 30-346
6/21/2007 4:35:56 AM
METHOD
30.8.3 - Pump assy
Fig.115 - Pump assy
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove suction pipe (2).
Check the condition of O-rings (3) and (4) and renew them
if necessary.
2 Remove screws (5) and remove pump cover (6) from pump body
(7).
Label pump body (7) and cover (6) to avoid confusion on

refitting.
30-347
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-347 30-347
6/21/2007 4:35:56 AM
METHOD
3 Remove gears (8) and (9) from pump body (7).
Assembly
Procedure 3
Lubricate pump body (7) and gears (8) and (9).

Gears lubrication: oil
30-348
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-348 30-348
6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM
METHOD
30.8.4 - Clutch-brake assembly
2
11
23
32
14
17
18
33 34
15
24
10
21
12
27
30 31
29
35
28
26
22 19
13
16
20
D0036660
25
Fig.116 - Clutch-brake assembly
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove steel discs (2) and (3).
30-349
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-349 30-349
6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM
METHOD
2 Remove friction discs (4) and steel discs (5).
3 Remove hub (6) and spacer (7).
4 Using a puller (or a press) and U frame A, compress spring (8)

and remove circlip (9).
5 Release spring (8) and remove in sequence spring drive ring (10)
and spring (8).
10
F0010231
30-350
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-350 30-350
6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM
METHOD
6 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the upper hole in
the directional control valve body to expel piston (11).
Restrain piston (11) as it could be expelled at high speed

and thus damaged.
7 Remove piston (11) and O-ring (12).
8 Turn the unit over, remove screws (13) and remove cover (14).
13
9 Remove brake disc (16) and steel disc (17) from clutch assembly
(15).
14
16
17
15
30-351
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-351 30-351
6/21/2007 4:35:58 AM
METHOD
10 Blow compressed air at low pressure into clutch assembly (15) to
disengage brake piston (18).
18
Restrain the piston as it could be expelled at high speed

and thus damaged.
15
11 Withdraw piston (18).
18
12 Check the condition of O-rings (19) and (20) and renew them if
necessary.
20
19

21
22
F0007742
30-352
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-352 30-352
6/21/2007 4:35:58 AM
METHOD
14 Remove clutch assembly (15) and remove retaining rings (24)
from clutch housing (23).
24
15
23
15 Using a suitable wrench T3, remove damper assy (25).

25
16 Compress the spring assembly of damper (25) and remove

circlip (26).
26
25
17 Release the assembly and remove disc (28), spring (29) and
piston (30) complete with O-ring (31) from cylinder (27).
29
31
30
27
28
30-353
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-353 30-353
6/21/2007 4:35:59 AM
METHOD
18 Remove plug (32) and remove spring (33) and push rod (34)
from clutch housing (15).

33
32
34
15
19 Remove O-ring (35) from clutch piston (11).

35
11
Assembly
Procedure 17
Lubricate piston (29) with oil.
Procedure 16
Damper assy (24): Loctite 242
Procedure 14
Lubricate retaining rings (23) with oil.
Procedure 9
Lubricate O-rings (19) and (20) and piston (18) with oil.
Procedure 8
Lubricate brake disc (16) with oil
Procedure 7
Lubricate O-ring (12) and piston (11) with oil.
30-354
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-354 30-354
6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM
METHOD
Procedure 3
Grease spacer (7) and install it on hub (6).
Procedure 2
Fit steel discs (5) and friction discs (4) on housing (15) starting
with steel disc (5)
Lubricate friction discs (4) with oil.
15
15
30-355
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-355 30-355
6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM
METHOD
30.8.5 - Solenoid valve assy
Disassembly
1 Remove retaining nut (1) and remove solenoid valve (2).
Recover the O-rings.
2 Loosen solenoid valve stem (3) and remove.
Assembly
Procedure 2
Valve stem: 1520 Nm (11.06-14.74 lb.ft.)

Valve stem: oil
Procedure 1
Nut: 58 Nm (3.69-5.90 lb.ft.)
30-356
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-356 30-356
6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM
METHOD
30.9 - FRONT LIFT
30.9.1 - Front lift
Removal of lift cylinders
1
DANGER
Remove any implement or ballast from the front lift and raise the link arms completely.
DANGER
2 Position a stand A in the middle of pivot (1).
If both cylinders are to be removed, repeat the above

steps also on the cylinder on the other side.
4 Start the engine and run at idle speed and retract cylinder (4).
Pull the lever very slowly and retract the cylinder without
reaching the end of its stroke.
Switch off the engine, remove the key from the ignition
and close the lift control valves.
Recover spacers (5).
30-357
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-357 30-357
6/21/2007 4:36:01 AM
METHOD
7
6
6 Remove unions (8) and (9).
7 Remove circlip (10) and extract pin (11).
Support cylinder (4).

10
11
8 Recover seals (12) and remove the cylinder.
12
Installation
30-358
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-358 30-358
6/21/2007 4:36:01 AM
METHOD
30.9.2 - Lift cylinders
Fig.117 - Lift cylinders
Disassembly
2 Using a suitable tool, partially retract end cap (2) and remove
circlip (3).
30-359
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-359 30-359
6/21/2007 4:36:03 AM
METHOD
3 Withdraw rod (5) complete with end cap (2) and circlips (1) and
(3) and piston (6) from cylinder (4).
4 Remove nut (7) and remove piston assy (6).
5 Withdraw end cap (2) and circlips (1) and (3) from rod (5).
6 Remove guide rings (8), oil seal (9a) and O-ring (9b) from piston
(6).
30-360
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-360 30-360
6/21/2007 4:36:03 AM
METHOD
7 Remove rod wiper (10), seal (11) and O-ring (12) from end cap
(2).
Note which way round seal (11) is installed.
Assembly
Procedure 6
Fit a suitable installation guide on piston (6) and fit piston O-ring
(9b) by hand.
Fit oil seal (9a) on the installation guide.
Using a suitable installer, drive oil seal (9a) into its seat.
Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal (9a)

passing the gauge over the entire length of piston (6).
30-361
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-361 30-361
6/21/2007 4:36:04 AM
METHOD
Procedure 4
Nut: 20010 Nm (147.47.4 lb.ft.)
30-362
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-362 30-362
6/21/2007 4:36:05 AM
METHOD
30.10 - REAR LIFT
Removal
1 Remove screws (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides.
2
F0121060
2 Remove split pin (3) and remove pivot pins (4) on both sides.
Fit new split pins every time you disassemble the unit.
F0121070
3 Disconnect pipes (5) on both sides.
5
5
F0121080
4 Remove screws (6) and remove pipe (7).
F0121090
30-363
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-363 30-363
6/21/2007 4:36:05 AM
METHOD
5 Remove circlips (8) and disconnect lift control linkages (9).
8
9
F0121100
6 Remove oil filler plug (10).

10
F0121110
7 Remove the four screws (11) and the two rear nuts (12).
11
12
F0121120
8 Remove the three screws (13) and the two front nuts (14).
14
13
13
F0121130
30-364
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-364 30-364
6/21/2007 4:36:06 AM
METHOD
9 Remove nuts (15).
15
F0121140
10 Attach lift (20) to a suitable hoist and remove it.

20
F0121150
11 Remove partition plate (21).

21
F0121160
Installation
Procedures 10-11
Mating face: Loctite 510
Procedures 7-8-9
Nuts: 784 Nm (57.53 lb.ft.) Screws: 703.5 Nm (51.62.6 lb.ft.)

30-365
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-365 30-365
6/21/2007 4:36:07 AM
METHOD
30.10.2 - Lift disassembly - complete assembly (Agrofarm 85)
Disassembly
1 Remove the lift and place on a workbench.
2 Remove circlips (1) on both sides.
F0107580
3 Remove lift arms (2) on both sides.
F0107590
4 Remove screws (3) and remove lift control valve (4).

3
F0107600
5 Remove screws (5) and remove directional control valve support

(6).
6
5
5
F0107610
30-366
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-366 30-366
6/21/2007 4:36:08 AM
METHOD
6 Turn the lift unit over, remove pin (7) and detach springs (8) and
(9).
Take care when detaching spring (8) as it is highly

tensioned.
Withdraw rod (10).

10
7
F0107620
7 Loosen nut (11) and remove set screw (12).
Label cam (13) and shaft (14) to facilitate subsequent

reassembly.
12
11
13
14
F0107630
8 Remove oil seal (15) on one of the two sides.

Only if necessary, remove also the oil seal on the other
side.
15
F0107640
9 Withdraw shaft (14) and remove cam (13).

13
14
F0107650
30-367
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-367 30-367
6/21/2007 4:36:09 AM
METHOD
10 Remove screws (16) and nuts (17) and remove all levers (18).
18
Label the levers to avoid confusion on reassembly.
16
18
17
F0107660
11 Remove all machine keys (19).

19
F0107670
12 Remove lever (20) complete with spring (9).
20
F0107680
13 Remove lever (21).

21
F0107690
30-368
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-368 30-368
6/21/2007 4:36:10 AM
METHOD
14 Remove lever (22).
22
F0107700
15 Only if necessary: Remove O-rings (23).

23
F0107710
Assembly
Procedure 15
Oil seal: Transmission oil
Procedure 12
Check that lever (20) is positioned behind the protrusion in the

lift assembly.
20
F0107730
30-369
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-369 30-369
6/21/2007 4:36:11 AM
METHOD
Procedure 11
If levers (20), (21) and (22) are fitted correctly, all machine keys
(19) will be oriented in the same direction.
19
F0107670
Procedure 8
Oil seal: Transmission oil

Install the oil seal so that it is fully seated in its housing.
F0107720
Procedure 5
Procedure 4
30-370
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-370 30-370
6/21/2007 4:36:11 AM
METHOD
Removal
1 Remove screw (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides.
1
F0107250
2 For versions with auxiliary lifting cylinders

Remove split pin (3) and remove pivot pins (4).
Fit new split pins every time you disassemble the unit.
4
3
F0107260
3 Disconnect pipe (5) on both sides.
4 For all versions

Disconnect tie rods (6) and (7) from the lift levers.
Note position of tie rod (7).
6
7
30-371
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-371 30-371
6/21/2007 4:36:12 AM
METHOD
5 Remove unions (8) and remove pipe (9).
11
10
Remove nuts (10) and remove top link rod (11).

10
8
10
9
8
6 Remove screws (12) and disconnect support (13).
12
13
7 Remove screw (14) and the two nuts (15) on the right-hand
side.
14
15
8 Remove the two screws (16) and nut (17).
16
17
16
30-372
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-372 30-372
6/21/2007 4:36:13 AM
METHOD
9 Remove screw (18) and nut (19).
19
18
10 Remove nuts (20) on the left-hand side.
20
11 Attach lift assembly (21) to a hoist and remove it.

21
Installation
Procedure 11
D0024100
30-373
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-373 30-373
6/21/2007 4:36:14 AM
METHOD
Procedures 7-8-9-10
Nuts: 784 Nm (57.53.0 lb.ft.)

Screws: 703.5 Nm (51.62.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
Nuts: 1115.5 Nm (81.84.0 lb.ft.)
30-374
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-374 30-374
6/21/2007 4:36:15 AM
METHOD
30.10.4 - Lift disassembly - Complete assembly (Agrofarm 100)
Disassembly
1 Remove all screws (1) and remove bracket (2) and cover (3).
1
1
2
1
2 Remove circlips (4) on both sides.
F0083612
3 Remove lift arms (5) and spacers (6) on both sides.

5
6
F0083622
4 Remove circlips (7) and (8) and remove tie-rods (9) and (10).
7
8
7
10
F0083632
30-375
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-375 30-375
6/21/2007 4:36:15 AM
METHOD
5 Loosen nut (11) and remove grub screw (12).
12
11
F0083642
6 Loosen nut (13) and remove grub screw (14) securing cam (15).
15
14
13
F0083654
7 Remove oil seal (16) on one side and withdraw shaft (17).
16
17
F0083662
8 Remove lever (18) complete with connecting rod (19) and cam
(20).
18
20
19
F0083672
30-376
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-376 30-376
6/21/2007 4:36:16 AM
METHOD
9 Only if necessary
Drive out spring pin (21) and separate connecting rod (19) from
lever (18).
21
18
19
F0071623
10 Remove circlips (22) and (23) and remove tie-rods (24) and
(25).
Label the tie-rods to avoid confusion on reassembly.
22
23
24
25
F0083682
11 Remove brake cylinder assembly (26).
26
F0083692
12 Remove the two screws (27).

27
27
F0083702
30-377
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-377 30-377
6/21/2007 4:36:17 AM
METHOD
13 Remove lift control valve assy (28).
28
F0083712
14 Only if necessary
Renew bushes (29).
Assembly
Procedure 13

necessary.
30
Each time the lift control valve is removed from the tractor adjust
the control levers.
30
F0083722
Procedure 9
Grease the seating of connecting rod ball joint (19).
Procedures 7-14
Grease bushes (17) and shaft (29).
30-378
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-378 30-378
6/21/2007 4:36:17 AM
METHOD
Procedure 6
Grub screw: Loctite 242

Screw grub screw (14) fully into its hole in the shaft and, while
holding the grub screw in position, tighten nut (13).
14
13
F0083655
Procedure 5
Grub screw: Loctite 242

Screw grub screw (12) fully into its hole in the shaft, then back
it off by half a turn. Hold the grub screw in position and secure
with nut (11).
12
11
F0083642
Procedure 1
D0027960
30-379
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-379 30-379
6/21/2007 4:36:18 AM
METHOD
30.10.5 - Lift cylinder (Agrofarm 100)
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and withdraw cylinder assembly (2).
2 Using a low pressure compressed air jet (max. 2.5 bar), blow
piston (3) out of cylinder (4).
3 Remove seal (5) from piston (3).
Note which way round seal (5) is installed.
Assembly
30-380
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-380 30-380
6/21/2007 4:36:18 AM
METHOD
Procedure 3
Fit seal (5), making sure that is positioned the right way round
relative to piston (3).
Procedure 1
Check the condition of O-rings (6) and (7) and renew them if
necessary.
30-381
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-381 30-381
6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM
METHOD
30.10.6 - Bushes (Agrofarm 100)
Renewal
1 Position the lift cover under a press and, using a suitable tool,
remove bushes (1).
2 Install new bushes (1) making sure that they are inserted flush
with the bores in the lift housing.
1
Install bushes (1) with the split oriented towards
the top of the lift housing.
D0024510
30-382
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-382 30-382
6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM
METHOD
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Disconnect the two pipes (1) and pipe (2).
3 Remove screws (3) and remove directional control valve (4) and
bracket (5).
Installation
Procedure 3
30-383
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-383 30-383
6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM
METHOD
Disassembly
1 Remove split pin (1), pivot pin (2) and lever (3).

3
2
1
F0107770
2 Loosen screws (4) and remove support (5).
Recover spacer (6).
F0107780
3 Loosen screws (7) without removing them and turn directional

control valve (8) over so that the aluminium body is facing
downwards.
Remove screws (7) and separate directional control valve

assemblies (8) and (9).
7
8
F0107790
4 Remove spring (10) and spacer (11).

10
11
F0107800
30-384
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-384 30-384
6/21/2007 4:36:20 AM
METHOD
5 Remove piston (12).

necessary.
12
13
F0107810
6 Remove spring (14) and rod (15).

14
15
F0107820
7 Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from directional control valve
assembly (8).
16
17
F0107830
8 Remove spring (18) and valve (19) from directional control valve
assembly (8).
18
8
19
F0107840
30-385
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-385 30-385
6/21/2007 4:36:20 AM
METHOD
9 Drive out spring pin (20) and withdraw spool (21).
21
20
F0107850
10 Remove plug (22) and remove valve (23).
11 Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26).
12 Remove O-rings (27).

27
27
F0107860
30-386
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-386 30-386
6/21/2007 4:36:22 AM
METHOD
13 Withdraw piston (28).
28
F0107870
14 Remove union (29) and remove valve (30), pin (31) and spring
(32) from directional control valve assembly (9).
9
32
31
29
30
F0107880
15 Remove valve (33).
Assembly
Procedure 14
Check that valve (30) is installed the right way round.

Check that valve (30) slides freely in its seat.
Pipe union: Loctite 542
30-387
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-387 30-387
6/21/2007 4:36:22 AM
METHOD
Procedure 13
Check that piston (28) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 11
Hold ball A contained in valve (26) seated against rod (15), and
check that rod (15) protrusion relative to the face of body (11) is
within the specified limits (X = 15.80.05 mm).
Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 10
Check that valve (23) slides freely.

Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 9
Check that spool (21) slides freely.
30-388
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-388 30-388
6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM
METHOD
Procedure 7
Check that piston (16) slides freely.
Procedure 6
Check that rod (15) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 3
While tightening screws (7), check that spool (21) slides freely
without sticking.
21
F0107890
30-389
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-389 30-389
6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM
METHOD
Disassembly
1 Remove spring (1).
2 Remove split pin (2) and remove pivot pin (3) and roller (4).
Renew the split pin every time it is removed.
3 Remove circlip (5), remove pin (6) and remove control levers
assembly (7).
6
5
F0083780
4 Remove the three screws (8) and remove lever support (9).
30-390
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-390 30-390
6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM
METHOD
5 Loosen screw (10) without removing it and turn directional control
valve assembly (11) over so that the aluminium body is facing
downwards.
Remove screw (10) and separate directional control valve
assemblies (11) and (12).
6 Remove spring (13).
7 Remove spring (14) and rod (15).
8 Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from directional control valve
body (11).
30-391
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-391 30-391
6/21/2007 4:36:24 AM
METHOD
9 Remove spring (18) and spacer (19) from directional control
valve body (11).
10 Drive out spring pin (20) and withdraw spool (21).
11 Remove plug (22) and remove valve (23).
12 Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26).
30-392
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-392 30-392
6/21/2007 4:36:25 AM
METHOD
13 Remove O-rings (27) and withdraw piston (28).
14 Remove union (29) and remove valve (30), pin (31) and spring
(32) from directional control valve body (12).
15 Remove valve (33).
Assembly
Procedure 14
Check that valve (30) is installed the right way round.

Check that valve (30) slides freely in its seat.
Pipe union: Loctite 542
30-393
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-393 30-393
6/21/2007 4:36:26 AM
METHOD
Procedure 13
Check that piston (28) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 12
Hold ball A contained in valve (26) seated against rod (15), and
check that rod (15) protrusion relative to the face of body (11) is
within the specified limits (X = 15.80,05 mm).
Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 11
Check that valve (23) slides freely.

Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 10
Check that spool (21) slides freely.
30-394
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-394 30-394
6/21/2007 4:36:26 AM
METHOD
Procedure 8
Check that piston (16) slides freely.
Procedure 7
Check that rod (15) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 5
While tightening screw (10), check that spool (21) slides freely
without sticking.
Procedure 2
Take care to position roller (34) on the top of spool (21).

34
21
F0083841
30-395
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-395 30-395
6/21/2007 4:36:27 AM
METHOD
Removal
1 Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2).
12
13
10
5
3
Renew split pin (1) on reassembly.
11
14
1
2 Remove screw (3), loosen screw (4) and remove draft sensor
assembly (5).
2
Installation
Procedure 2
Nuts: 727 Nm (53.15.2 lb.ft.)
30-396
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-396 30-396
6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM
METHOD
12
10
13
5
3
4
11
14
1
Fig.118 - Mechanical draft sensor
Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).
2 Remove nut (3) and locknut (4).

3 4
30-397
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-397 30-397
6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM
METHOD
3 Remove spacer (5) and spring (6).
6
5
4 Remove washer (7), spacer (8) and spring (9).

9
7
5 Remove washer (10), spacer (11) and tie-rod (12) from sensor
body (13).
13
10
12
11
Assembly
Procedure 3
Liberally grease springs (6) and (9) and insert them in sensor body (13).
Procedure 2
Screw in nut (3) to take up the play in springs (6) and (9) but without preloading them, then immobilise it with locknut.
30-398
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-398 30-398
6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM
METHOD
Removal
1 Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2).
Renew split pin (1) on reassembly.

1
F0096870
2 Remove nuts (3) and remove draft sensor assembly (4)

4
3
F0107450
Installation
Procedure 2
Nuts: 727 Nm (53.15.2 lb.ft.)
30-399
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-399 30-399
6/21/2007 4:36:29 AM
METHOD
Fig.119 - Mechanical draft sensor
Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).
2 Remove fork (3) and remove spring assembly (4) from sensor
body (5).
30-400
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-400 30-400
6/21/2007 4:36:29 AM
METHOD
3 Remove nut (6), and remove spacer (7) and disc (8).
4 Remove spring (9), spacer (10) and washer (11).
5 Remove spring (12) and spacer (13) from tie-rod (14).
Assembly
Procedure 3
Screw in the nut (6) to take up the play in the springs (9) and (12) but without preloading them.
Procedure 2
Liberally grease the spring assembly (4) and insert it in the sensor body (5).
30-401
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-401 30-401
6/21/2007 4:36:30 AM
METHOD
30.10.14 - 3-point linkage
Removal
1
DANGER
3 Remove split pin (3) and remove pin (4) and washer (5).
4 Remove split pin (6), nut (7) and washer (8).

Remove 3-point linkage assembly (9).
30-402
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-402 30-402
6/21/2007 4:36:30 AM
METHOD
5 Recover spacer (10).
Installation
Procedure 5
Note which way round spacer (10) is installed.
Procedure 4
Tighten nut (7) to the prescribed torque and, if necessary, tighten further to align the slots in nut (7) with the hole in the pin.
Nut: 150 Nm (110.5 lb.ft.)
30-403
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-403 30-403
6/21/2007 4:36:31 AM
METHOD
30.11 - WHEELS
30.11.1 - Front wheels (S0.01.01)
REMOVAL
1
DANGER
2 Raise the tractor and position two stands A under the front
axle.
Drive safety wedges B between the axle and the front

support.
3 Remove all the screws (1) except one for safety.

Remove the last screw and remove wheel (2).
4 Repeat the above operations for the other wheel.
Installation
Procedure 3
Screws: 350 Nm (258 lb.ft.)
30-404
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-404 30-404
6/21/2007 4:36:31 AM
METHOD
30.11.2 - Rear wheels (S0.02.01)
Removal
1 Position a jack A under the rear gearbox casing.
Position a jack A under the rear gearbox casing.
Raise the tractor sufficiently to eliminate the flexure of the tyre

wall.
2 Remove all the nuts (1) and remove wheel (2).
3 Position a stand B under the rear axle housing and lower the
jack until the axle housing is resting on the stand.
Check that the stand is in exactly the correct position and then
remove the trolley jack.
4 Repeat the above operations to remove the other wheel.
Installation
Procedure 2
Nuts: 500 Nm (368.5 lb.ft)
30-405
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-405 30-405
6/21/2007 4:36:32 AM
METHOD
30.12 - BALLAST - TOWING HITCHES
Removal
1
DANGER
2 Withdraw pins (1) and remove towing hitch (2).
2
F0121040
3 Remove screws (3) and (4) and remove guard (5) and brackets
(6)
5
4
F0121050
Installation
Procedure 3
Screws: 18618 Nm
30-406
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-406 30-406
6/21/2007 4:36:32 AM
METHOD
Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1) except two.
2
F0121040
2 Sling towing hitch (2) to hoist and take up the slack in lifting
ropes.
Remove the last two screws (1) and remove the towing hitch
assembly.
5
4
F0121050
Installation
Procedure 1
Screws: 186.418 Nm (137.413.3 lb.ft.)
30-407
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-407 30-407
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
METHOD
30-408
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-408 30-408
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
40 - WIRING DIAGRAMS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-1 40-1
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.1 - INTRODUCTION
40.1.1 - Structure of the unit
For easier consultation, this unit has been divided into the following chapters:
introduction
Indices
Contains the layouts of the connectors used in the electrical system, descriptions of the components installed on the
tractor,the technical data necessary for functional testing and the pinouts of the electronic control units.
Systems
Contains the indices arranged by connector name, by component code and by component description.
Components
Contains a brief description of the terminology used, the procedures to follow for troubleshooting and repairs, and the
instruments required for troubleshooting.
Contains the electrical diagrams of the tractors systems.
Wiring looms
Contains the layouts, the wiring diagrams and the positioning of connectors on the tractor.
40-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-2 40-2
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
How to consult the unit
A
B
E
2
1
Interruttore avviamento
0441.1512. 4
42
X4
0443.7847
X4
17
X70-X71
Motorino d'avviamento
1
42
X4
0.012.5957.4/10
F
D
X4
19
X4
0.012.5957.4
G
19
0.012.5957.4/10
X4
0.012.5957.4/10
Fig.120
How to consult the table
The quickest way to determine the cause of a malfunction of a component (e.g. the starter motor) is to check all the components in
the system in which the component is incorporated. In this example, the problem is a malfunction of the starter motor, which fails to
start the engine.
Find the starter motor in heading Index by part description and identify the system in which the component is incorporated.
The system is indicated in the System column and in this case is 2 (figure A).
Consult heading Starting (figure B), where all system components are shown in the electrical diagram; these components
are accompanied by numbers that correspond to the key on the same page.
Check all the components in the system, starting for example with switch 1.
In heading Index by part description (figure A) find the item Start switch and check in the column Technical Descrn to see
if there is a technical description of the component (in this case it appears at no. 42 in the heading component technical data)
(figure C). Take note also of the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case X4).
Only if the position of the component is not known

Only if the position of the component is not known:
40-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-3 40-3
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
In heading Connector index (figure D) find the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case
X4) and note down the wiring loom in which it is incorporated (in this case 0.012.5957.4) and the type of connector (in this
case 19).
Find the wiring loom in chapter Plans, wiring diagrams, connector positions using the index at the beginning of the chapter.
Find the name of the connector in the photos attached to the electrical diagrams and establish its position on the tractor using
the drawing (figure E)
Using the data contained in the paragraph Component technical data (figure C) in position no. 42, check the operation of
the switch.
DANGER
In the electrical diagrams (figure F) are indicated the names of the connectors and the descriptions that are used in
all the tables of chapter 2.
DANGER
If the pinout of the connector is not known, look in paragraph Connector layouts (figure G) for the number found in
the column Type of paragraph Connector index.
introduction
This section of the workshop manual is intended as a practical guide to troubleshooting the tractors electrical and electronic systems.
The following pages provide the technician with all the necessary information regarding the tractors systems and components.
Due to the possible time difference between the introduction of technical modifications (in line with our policy of continuous product
improvement) and the corresponding amendment of our printed documentation, we are obliged to state that the data contained in this
document are subject to modification and as such are not binding.
Definition of components and symbols

To prevent any misunderstanding or ambiguity, listed below are definitions for some of the key terms used in this unit.
Tab.14
TERM
DESCRIPTION
Connector
Transmission oil
Element used to connect two components (e.g. wiring-switch, wiring-wiring)

Electrical component that converts the temperature of a medium (air, water, oil, etc.) into a voltage or
resistance
Electrical component that converts the pressure of a medium (air, water, etc.) into a voltage or resistance
Electrical component that converts the angular or linear position of an object into a voltage
Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the operating pressure in the circuit in
which it is installed
Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the temperature of the medium in which
it is immersed.
Mechanical component that opens or closes one or more electrical contacts.
Valve operated by applying electrical current to a coil (or solenoid)
Main clutch
Accelerator pedal
Pressure switch
Thermostat
Lights switch
HML control
Chapter Components shows the wiring diagrams for certain switches and buttons. The following symbols are used for ease of
interpretation:
Tab.15
40-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-4 40-4
6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
Contact between pins CLOSED (stable switch position)
Contact between pins CLOSED (unstable switch position)
Indicator LED
Indicator lamp
Diode
General rules
The inspection, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair operations are essential to ensure that the tractor continues to operate
correctly over time and to prevent malfunctions and breakdowns. The scope of this paragraph is to describe repair procedures and
to help improve the quality of repairs.
Modification of the tractors electrical/electronic circuits

The manufacturer prohibits any modification or alteration of the electrical wiring for the connection of any non-approved electrical
applicances or components. In particular, if it is discovered that the electrical system or a component has been modified without
authorisation, the Manufacturer will accept no liability for any damage to the vehicle and the vehicle warranty will be invalidated.
Main wiring faults

Bad contact between connectors
The main causes of poor contact between connectors are incorrect insertion of the male into the female connector, deformation
of one or both connectiors, and corrosion or oxidisation of the pin contact surfaces.
Defective pin soldering or crimping
The pins of the male and female connectors make good contact in the crimped or soldered area, but the wires are subjected
to excessive tension, leading to breakage of the insulation or the wire itself and a poor connection.
Disconnecting wiring
If components are disconnected by pulling on the wires, or if components are removed with the wires still connected, or if the
wiring is subject to a heavy impact this could damage the connections at the pins, breaking strands of wire.
Penetration of water inside connectors
The connectors are designed to prevent penetration of liquids (water, oil etc.); however, it is possible that when the tractor is
cleaned using high-pressure water or steam, water could penetrate or condense in the connectors.
As the connectors
are designed to prevent liquid penetration, any water that does get in will not be able to drain out, and thus may cause
shortcircuits across the pins. For this reason it is good practice to dry the connectors with a low pressure jet of compressed air
after washing the tractor.
40-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-5 40-5
6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Oil or dirt on connectors
If the connectors or pin contact surfaces show signs of oil or grease contamination, this will prevent the passage of current
(oil and grease are electrical insulators) creating a poor contact. Clean the connectors thoroughly using a dry cloth or a low
pressure jet of compressed air and use specific products (deoxidising sprays, etc.) to degrease the contacts.
Important
Take care not to bend the pins when cleaning them. Use dry oil-free compressed air.
Removal, refitting and drying of connectors and wiring

When disconnecting wiring, pull on the connectors rather than on the wires themselves. For connectors that are held in position
with screws or levers, fully loosen the screws, then pull on the connector. For connectors that are clipped together, fully depress the
clip then pull the connector apart. After disconnecting connectors, seal them in waterproof material to prevent contamination of the
contacts with dirt or moisture.
Connecting the connectors. Check the condition of the connectors:
Make sure the pin contact surfaces are free of water, dirt or oil.
Check that the connectors are not deformed and that the pins are not corroded or oxidised.
Check that the connector casings are not damaged or split.
If a connector is contaminated with oil or grease, or if moisture has penetrated the casing, clean it thoroughly.
If a connector is damaged, deformed or broken, replace it with a new one.
When connecting connectors, make sure they are properly aligned before applying force. For connectors with clips, insert the two
halves until they clip together.
Cleaning and drying wiring
When wiring is dirty or contaminated with oil or grease, clean it with a dry cloth, or, if necessary, with water or steam. If the
wiring must be cleaned with water, avoid directing the water or steam jet on the connectors; if water penetrates the connector,
clean it thoroughly.
Check that the connector is not short circuited due to the presence of water by testing for continuity across the pins.
After checking that the connector is good condition, degrease the contacts using a deoxidising product.
Renewal of damaged electrical components.
When replacing electrical components (fuses, relays, etc.), use only original parts supplied by the manufacturer.
When replacing fuses, check that the new fuse conforms to DIN 72581 or ISO 8820 standards and in particular:
fuse F1 (100A) DIN 72581/2
bayonet fuse (F2, F3, etc.) DIN 72581/3C
fuse F51 (100A) and F52 (200A) ISO 8820.
The fitting of replacement fuses that do not comply with these standards will invalidate the warranty with immediate effect and
release the manufacturer from any liability.
When replacing relays, make sure that the new relay conforms to the standards marked on the original relay.
Diagnostic instruments
For the correct diagnosis of any faults in the tractors electrical system, the following instruments are required:
Digital multimeter with the following minimum characteristics:
40-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-6 40-6
6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
AC VOLT 0-600
DC VOLT 0-600
OHM 0-32M
AC AMP 0-10
DC AMP 0-10
All Round Tester or computer with PCTESTER software installed
Wire colour codes

Tab.16
COLOUR CODES
A
B
C
G
H
L
M
N
R
S
V
Z
Light blue
White
Orange
Yellow
Grey
Dark blue
Brown
black
Red
Pink
green
Purple
40-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-7 40-7
6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.1.2 - Wiring and components index
List of wiring harnesses
Tab.17
DESCRIPTION
CODE
FRONT WIRING
ENGINE WIRING (VERSION WITH FRONT BATTERY) (1/2)
ENGINE WIRING (VERSION WITH LATERAL BATTERY) (1/2)
BATTERY WIRING
PREHEATING WIRING LOOM
POWER SUPPLY WIRING
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRING (1/3)
CAB POWER SUPPLY WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB)
CAB POWER SUPPLY WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB)
RH DRIVETRAIN WIRING
LH DRIVETRAIN WIRING
TRAILER HYDRAULIC BRAKING WIRING
ROOF LINE WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2)
ROOF LINE WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2)
HEATING WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB)
HEATING WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2)
AIR CONDITIONING WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB)
AIR CONDITIONING WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2)
AIR CONDITIONER EXCHANGER FAN WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2)
AIR CONDITIONER EXCHANGER FAN WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2)
WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2)
WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB)
SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB)
FRONT LIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH CAB)
WIRING FOR LOWER FRONT LIGHTS (VERSION WITH CAB)
SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB)
SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB)
FRONT LIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH PLATFORM)
WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH PLATFORM)
LOUDSPEAKER, RADIO, REAR WIPER, ROTATING BEACON AND CLOCK WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGHVISIBILITY CAB)
ROTATING BEACON WIRING
WINDSCREEN WIPER WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB)
LOUDSPEAKER WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB)
WINDSCREEN WIPER WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB)
0.014.8107.4/20
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8806.4/20
0.014.9195.4/20
0.015.1983.4/10
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.9375.4/20
0.014.9376.4/10
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.1645.4/10
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.010.2147.2
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2153.2
0.010.2560.0
0.009.7853.3/20
0.011.3610.3/20
0.009.7851.4/50
0.011.3595.3/10
0.015.1437.4/10
0.010.8189.3/40
0441.1923.4
0.015.1435.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
0.015.3094.4
0.014.9281.4
0.011.3596.3/40
0.012.9909.4
0.010.4516.3
0.011.0729.4/10
0.011.3597.3
Component description index

Tab.18
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT CODE
Cigar lighter
2.7099.770.0
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
X53
5-6
NOTES
40-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-8 40-8
6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMPONENT CODE
Alternator
RH loudspeaker
LH loudspeaker
Radio
0118.2173
0.011.5631.3
0.011.5631.3
Horn
Battery
2.8419.007.0
Hazard lights control unit

PTO control unit
Fan speed selector switch
Air conditioning compressor
Pneumatic seat air compressor
Instrument panel
2.8639.007.0/10
2.8519.057.0/10
0.009.4743.1
0.010.2528.1
0443.7338
0443.7338
0.014.3061.4/20
2.8339.248.0/40
Lights selector switch

Engine stop device
Overboost device
Preheating device
differential lock control solenoid valve
4WD control solenoid valve
H/L travel control solenoid valve
Front PTO control solenoid valve
Rear PTO control solenoid valve
Electric fan
RH electric fan
LH electric fan
Front right sidelight and direction indicator
Front left sidelight and direction indicator
RH front worklight (on cab roof)
0.015.0359.4
0419.9904
LH front worklight (on cab roof)
RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
B+ D+ W
X84-X92
X86-X91
X72-X87X88-X90
X28
+30 +30A
+30B
X61
ECU PTO
X102
X95
X9
X9
X37
3K-5K
2
5-6
5-6
5-6
3-4
X112
X7
X6
X113
X22
X20
X24
X3
X21
X100
X99
X98
X127
X126
X76
3-4
18
12-14
13-15
14-15
14-15
5-6
2-3-4-5-6-716-17-18-19
3-4
2
2
2
17
17
17
18
18
12-14
13-15
13-15
4
4
8
2.8039.299.0
X76
2.8029.730.0
X77
2.8039.299.0
X77
2.8029.730.0
X79
2.8039.299.0
X79
2.8029.730.0
X78
2.8039.299.0
X78
0441.1921.4
X74
0425.8670
2.3729.697.0/10
2.3729.697.0/10
2.3729.697.0/10
2.3729.400.0/10
2.3729.250.0/50
0.010.2121.1
0.011.2047.4
0.011.2047.4
2.8019.970.0
2.8019.960.0
2.8029.730.0
37
35
38
1
36
NOTES
With platform
With platform
With standard
cab
With high-visibility cab
With standard
cab
With standard
cab
With standard
cab
With cab
40-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-9 40-9
6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
NOTES
0441.1920.4
2.8059.090.0
2.8059.080.0
2.8029.730.0
2.8039.003.0
2.8039.003.0
2.8029.730.0
X75
X45
X40
X123-X125
X25
X31
X132
3
3-4-16
3-4-16
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
With cab
2.8039.299.0
X132
2.8029.730.0
X133
2.8039.299.0
X133
16
2-3-4-5-6-78-9-10-11-1213-14-15-1617-18-19
17
17
5
With standard
cab
6
8
With standard
cab
9
8
With standard
cab
9
10
With standard
cab
11
18
18
10
With standard
cab
11
10
With standard
cab
11
2
18
COMPONENT CODE

Right tail light
Left tail light
Work light, main beam
RH front worklight
LH front worklight
RH supplementary worklight
LH supplementary worklight
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
Trailer pressure indicator

Starter switch
0.011.9433.0
0441.1512.4
17
X57
X54
Differential lock switch

4WD switch
Rotating beacon on/off switch
2.7659.152.0/10
2.7659.151.0/20
2.7659.126.0
40
41
26
X50
X51
X67
2.7659.159.0
27
X67
2.7659.078.0
30
X71
2.7659.154.0
31
X71
2.7659.079.0
20
X64
2.7659.155.0
21
X64
2.7659.091.0
24
X66
2.7659.223.0
25
X66
2.7659.277.0
2.7659.278.0
2.7659.092.0
39
44
28
X48
X49
X70
2.7659.224.0
29
X70
2.7659.146.0
22
X65
2.7659.192.0
23
X65
2.7659.275.0
2.7659.177.0/20
45
15
X18
X46
Front worklights switch
Rear worklights switch
Windscreen washer pump switch
Front PTO switch

Rear PTO switch
Windscreen wiper switch
Rear screen wiper switch
Start enable switch

RH PTO switch (on fender)
With standard
cab
With standard
cab
40-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-10 40-10
6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMPONENT CODE
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
Corner lights switch

Low worklights switch
Handbrake switch
Hazard warning lights switch
4WD engagement switch
1000 PTO control switch
ECO PTO engagement switch
2.7659.156.0
2.7659.157.0
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.158.0
2.7659.096.0/10
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.096.0/10
2.7659.202.0
2.7659.096.0/10
0.900.0058.9
2.7659.159.0
2.7659.271.0
33
43
14
18
3
13
12
6
7
8
X110
X111
X44
X55
X11
X43
X42
X14
X14
X15
X94
X52
X109
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.177.0/20
2.6039.017.0
0.014.8800.3
2.8039.005.0
2.8039.005.0
2.8039.004.0
2.8039.008.0
2.8039.004.0
2.8039.008.0
2.8059.526.0
2.9019.200.0/10
2.9019.100.0/20
0118.0928
19
32
11
X56
X73
X39
X80 -124
X47
X26
X30
X27
X27
X29
X29
X41
X81
X108
+30C +50
X69-X89
X63
X34
X35
X62
X38
X23
X104-X107
8-9
8-9
16
3-4
17
18
18
18
18
18
15
5-6
3-4-5-6-8-916-17-18
16
2-17
18
5-6
17
3-4
3-4
3-4
3-4
3-4
3-4
3-4
10-11
10-11
2
5-6
5-6
10-11
10-11
5-6
3-4-16
7
14
X104
15
X16
X12
X13
X8
X101
X96
16
17
17
7
12-14
13-15
GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch

A/C switch
Platform rotating beacon switch
Lights switch
Brake pedal switch
Clutch pedal switch
LH rear PTO switch (on fender)
Warning beacon
Range selector lever
RH high beam headlight
LH high beam headlight
RH low beam headlight
RH low beam headlight (GB)
LH low beam headlight
LH low beam headlight (GB)
Number plate light
Windscreen wiper motor
Rear screen wiper motor
Starter motor
Clock
Interior roof light
Windscreen washer pump
Rear screen washer pump
Diagnostic socket
Trailer socket
Services circuit alarm pressure switch
Air conditioning pressure switch
2.7099.750.0/10
0.900.0304.1
0.010.2262.0
Trailer braking low pressure switch

Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging
Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
Engine oil pressure switch
Resistor
RH resistor
2.7099.960.0
2.7099.660.0/10
2.7099.660.0/10
16
42
2.8339.032.0
0.014.9163.2
0.014.9163.2
0.010.2122.0
0.010.2555.0
10
9
4
5
NOTES
85 HP
100 HP
Version with
standard cab
Version with
high visibility
cab
40-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-11 40-11
6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMPONENT CODE
LH resistor
Air cleaner clogged sensor
Fuel level sensor
Brake fluid level sensor
Engine temperature sensor
Wheel speed sensor
Operator present sensor
Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
Air conditioning temperature thermostat
Air conditioning fan
Supplementary air conditioning fan
0.010.2555.0
2.7059.997.0/10
0.257.6654.3/10
0421.3839
0.010.5612.0/10
0.010.3473.2
2.8639.008.0
0.009.4744.1
0.010.0618.4
0.010.2545.2
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
34
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
X93
X2
X10
X1
X5
X19
X36
X68
X103
X105
X106
13-15
7
7
16
2-7
17
17
10-11
14-15
14-15
15
NOTES
Index by part code

Tab.19
CODE
DESCRIPTION
0.009.4743.1
0.009.4744.1
0.010.0618.4
0.010.2121.1
0.010.2122.0
0.010.2262.0
0.010.2528.1
0.010.2545.2
0.010.2545.2
0.010.2555.0
0.010.2555.0
0.010.3473.2
0.010.5612.0/10
0.011.2047.4
0.011.2047.4
0.011.5631.3
0.011.5631.3
0.011.9433.0
0.014.3061.4/20
0.014.8800.3
0.014.9163.2
0.014.9163.2
0.015.0359.4
0.257.6654.3/10
0.900.0058.9
0.900.0304.1

Electric fan
Resistor
LH resistor
RH resistor
Wheel speed sensor
LH electric fan
RH electric fan
RH loudspeaker
LH loudspeaker
A/C switch
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
34
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
X102
X97-X103
X105
X100
X101
X104
X95
X105
X106
X93
X96
X36
X19
X98
X99
X84-X92
X86-X91
X57
X37
X47
X34
X35
X112
X1
X94
X104-X107
12-14
14-15
14
12-14
12-14
15
13-15
15
15
13-15
13-15
17
17
13-15
13-15
5-6
5-6
16
5-6
17
10-11
10-11
3-4
16
15
14
NOTES
40-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-12 40-12
6/21/2007 4:36:37 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
Starter motor
Alternator
+30C +50
B+ D+ W
2
2
0419.9904
Engine stop device
X7
0421.3839
X5
2-7
0425.8670
0441.1512.4
Preheating device
Starter switch
X113
X54
0441.1920.4
X75
0443.7338
X9
2.3729.250.0/50
2.3729.400.0/10

36
1
X21
X3
2.3729.697.0/10
2.3729.697.0/10
2.3729.697.0/10
2.6039.017.0
2.7059.997.0/10
2.7099.660.0/10
2.7099.660.0/10
2.7099.750.0/10
2.7099.770.0
2.7099.960.0
2.7659.078.0

Warning beacon
Fuel level sensor
Cigar lighter
35
37
38
9
30
X20
X22
X24
X80-X124
X10
X12
X13
X23
X53
X16
X71
2.7659.079.0
20
X64
2.7659.091.0
24
X66
2.7659.092.0
28
X70
2.7659.096.0/10
2.7659.096.0/10

3
6
X11
X14
2.7659.096.0/10
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.097.0

8
12
13
X15
X42
X43
2
2-3-4-5-6-78-9-10-1112-13-14-1516-17-18-19
3
version with
cab
14-15
Version with
front battery
18
18
Version
with lateral
battery
17
17
17
5-6
7
17
17
7
5-6
16
8
Version with
standard
cab
8
Version with
standard
cab
10
Version with
standard
cab
10
Version with
standard
cab
17
18
85-85GS
version
18
18
18
CODE
DESCRIPTION
0118.0928
0118.2173
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
17
2
4
5
10
NOTES
Version with
front battery
Version with
front battery
Version with
front battery
40-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-13 40-13
6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.126.0
Handbrake switch
Brake pedal switch
Clutch pedal switch
14
19
32
26
X44
X56
X73
X67
16
16
2-17
5
2.7659.146.0
22
X65
10
2.7659.151.0/20
2.7659.152.0/10
2.7659.154.0
4WD switch
41
40
31
X51
X50
X71
17
17
9
2.7659.155.0
21
X64
2.7659.156.0
2.7659.157.0
2.7659.158.0
2.7659.159.0
2.7659.159.0

33
43
18
16
27
X110
X111
X55
X52
X67
8-9
8-9
3-4
5-6
6
2.7659.177.0/20
2.7659.177.0/20
2.7659.192.0

11
15
23
X39
X46
X65
18
18
11
2.7659.202.0
X14
18
2.7659.223.0
25
X66
11
2.7659.224.0
29
X70
11
2.7659.271.0
Lights switch
42
X109
2.7659.275.0
2.7659.277.0
2.7659.278.0
2.8019.960.0
Start enable switch

Front PTO switch
Rear PTO switch
45
39
44
X18
X48
X49
X126
2.8019.970.0
3-4-5-6-8-916-17-18
2
18
18
4
Version with
platform
4
Version with
platform
X127
NOTES
Version with
standard
cab
Version with
standard
cab
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
100-100GS
version
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
40-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-14 40-14
6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
NOTES
X76
2.8029.730.0
X77
2.8029.730.0
X78
2.8029.730.0
X79
Version with
standard
cab
Version with
standard
cab
Version with
standard
cab
Version with
standard
cab
2.8029.730.0
2.8029.730.0

X123-X125
X132
8-9
8
2.8029.730.0
X133
2.8039.003.0
2.8039.003.0
2.8039.004.0
RH front worklight
LH front worklight
X25
X31
X27
8-9
8-9
3-4
2.8039.004.0
X29
3-4
2.8039.005.0
2.8039.005.0
2.8039.008.0

X26
X30
X27
3-4
3-4
3-4
2.8039.008.0
X29
3-4
2.8039.299.0
X76
2.8039.299.0
X77
2.8039.299.0
X78
2.8039.299.0
X79
2.8039.299.0
X132
2.8039.299.0
X133
CODE
DESCRIPTION
2.8029.730.0
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
Version with
standard
cab
Version with
standard
cab
For driving
on the right
For driving
on the right
For driving
on the left
For driving
on the left
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
Version with
high visibility cab
40-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-15 40-15
6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
Left tail light

Right tail light
Number plate light
Interior roof light
X40
X45
X41
X63
3-4-16
3-4-16
3-4
5
2.8339.032.0
Interior roof light
X63
2.8339.248.0/40
Instrument panel
3K-5K
2.8419.007.0
2.8519.057.0/10
2.8639.007.0/10
2.8639.008.0
2.9019.100.0/20
2.9019.200.0/10
Horn
PTO control unit
X28
ECU PTO
X61
X68
X85-X108
X81
2-3-4-5-6-716-17-18-19
3-4
18
3-4
10-11
10-11
10-11
Version with
standard
cab
CODE
DESCRIPTION
2.8059.080.0
2.8059.090.0
2.8059.526.0
2.8339.032.0
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
NOTES
Version with
standard
cab
Version with
high visibility cab
Connector index
Tab.20
CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
+30A
G1
0.014.8806.4/20
0.014.9195.4/20
0.014.8629.4/20
0.014.8806.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8806.4/20
0.015.1983.4/10
0.014.8806.4/20
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8628.4/20
G2
G3
G5
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
+30B
+30C
+30
+50
3K
5K
B+
D+
CONNECTION WIRING OR
COMPONENT CODE
Battery
Battery
0118.0928
Starter motor
0118.0928
Battery
Starter motor
2.8339.248.0/40
2.8339.248.0/40
0118.2173
Instrument panel
Instrument panel
Alternator
0118.2173
Alternator
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.8630.4/20
40-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-16 40-16
6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
COMPONENT CODE
G6
G7
G8
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
G10
0.014.8628.4/20
G11
G12
G13
G14
G16
G21
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.9375.4/20
0.014.9376.4/10
0.014.9375.4/20
0.014.9376.4/10
0.009.7850.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3597.3
0.009.7850.4/50
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.8107.4/20
0.010.8189.3/40
0.015.3094.4
0.014.9375.4/20
0.014.9376.4/10
0.015.1983.4/10
0.014.1645.4/10
0.014.9281.4
G22
G23
G24
G25
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
G17
G18
G19
G20
G26
G28
G29
G30
G31
G32
0.009.7851.4/50
0.011.3596.3/40
0.010.8189.3/40
0.010.8189.3/40
0.010.8189.3/40
0.010.8189.3/40
0441.1923.4
G33
0441.1923.4
G34
G38
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
0.015.1983.4/10
G39
G40
G41
G42
ECU PTO
0.011.3595.3/10
0.011.3595.3/10
0.011.3595.3/10
0.011.3595.3/10
0.014.8628.4/20
G35
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7853.3/20
0.009.7851.4/50
0.011.3595.3/10
0.010.4516.3
0.011.3606.4/50
0.010.2147.2
0.010.2153.2
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2153.2
0.011.3596.3/40
0.011.3610.3/20
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
0.012.9909.4
0441.1923.4
0441.1923.4
0441.1923.4
0441.1923.4
0.015.1435.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
0.015.1435.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
0.014.9375.4/20
0.014.9376.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
2.8519.057.0/10
Wiring connector
Wiring connector
Wiring connector
Wiring connector
To power supply wiring
To cab power supply wiring
To supplementary worklights wiring
PTO control unit
40-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-17 40-17
6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
COMPONENT CODE
0118.2173
Alternator
Alternator
X10
X11
X12
X13
X14
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.8629.4/20
0.015.1597.4/10
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.9193.4/20
X15
X16
X18
X19
X20
X21
X22
X23
X24
X25
X26
X27
0.014.9193.4/20
0.014.1645.4/10
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.8630.4/20
0.014.8107.4/20
0.014.8107.4/20
0.014.8107.4/20
X28
X29
0.014.8107.4/20
0.014.8107.4/20
X30
X31
X34
X35
X36
X37
X38
X39
X40
0.014.8107.4/20
0.014.8107.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
X1
X2
X3
X5
X6
X7
X8
X9
0.257.6654.3/10
Air cleaner clogged sensor

2.3729.400.0/10
0421.3839

Overboost device
0419.9904
Engine stop device

Engine oil pressure switch
0443.7338
2.7059.997.0/10
2.7659.096.0/10
2.7099.660.0/10
2.7099.660.0/10
2.7659.096.0/10
2.7659.202.0
2.7659.096.0/10
2.7099.960.0
2.7659.275.0
0.010.5612.0/10
2.3729.697.0/10
2.3729.250.0/50
2.3729.697.0/10
2.7099.750.0/10
2.3729.697.0/10
2.8039.003.0
2.8039.005.0
2.8039.004.0
2.8039.008.0
2.8419.007.0
2.8039.004.0
2.8039.008.0
2.8039.005.0
2.8039.003.0
0.014.9163.2
0.014.9163.2
0.010.3473.2
0.014.3061.4/20
Fuel level sensor

2.7659.177.0/20
2.8059.080.0

Start enable switch
Wheel speed sensor
RH front worklight
Horn
LH front worklight
Trailer socket
Left tail light
40-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-18 40-18
6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
COMPONENT CODE
X41
X42
X43
X44
X45
X46
X47
X48
X49
X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
X57
X58
X59
X60
X61
X62
X63
X63
X64
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.011.3606.4/50
0.009.7850.4/50
0.014.8628.4/20
0441.1923.4
0441.1923.4
0.009.7851.4/50
0.015.1437.4/10
0.009.7851.4/50
0.015.1437.4/10
0.009.7851.4/50
0.015.1437.4/10
2.8059.526.0
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.097.0
2.7659.097.0
2.8059.090.0
2.7659.177.0/20
0.014.8800.3
2.7659.277.0
2.7659.278.0
2.7659.152.0/10
2.7659.151.0/20
2.7659.159.0
2.7099.770.0
0441.1512.4
2.7659.158.0
2.7659.097.0
0.011.9433.0
Number plate light

Handbrake switch
Right tail light
Front PTO switch
Rear PTO switch
4WD switch
Cigar lighter
Starter switch
Brake pedal switch
Not utilised
Not utilised
Not utilised
Diagnostic socket
Interior roof light
Interior roof light
Clock
Radio
Clutch pedal switch
X65
X66
X67
X68
X69
X70
X71
X72
X73
X74
X75
X76
X76
X77
X78
2.8639.007.0/10
2.8339.032.0
2.8339.032.0
2.7659.079.0
2.7659.155.0
2.7659.146.0
2.7659.192.0
2.7659.091.0
2.7659.223.0
2.7659.126.0
2.7659.159.0
2.8639.008.0
2.8639.008.0
2.7659.092.0
2.7659.224.0
2.7659.078.0
2.7659.154.0
2.7659.097.0
0441.1921.4
0441.1920.4
2.8029.730.0
2.8039.299.0
2.8029.730.0
2.8039.299.0
2.8029.730.0
2.8039.299.0
40-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-19 40-19
6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
COMPONENT CODE
X79
0.009.7851.4/50
0.015.1437.4/10
0.012.9909.4
0.010.4516.3
0.011.3597.3
0.011.3596.3/40
0.011.3596.3/40
0.011.3596.3/40
0.011.3596.3/40
0.011.3596.3/40
0.011.3596.3/40
0.011.0729.4/10
0.011.0729.4/10
0.011.0729.4/10
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2554.2
0.010.2560.0
0.010.2147.2
0.010.2153.2
0.010.2147.2
0.010.2153.2
0.010.2147.2
0.010.2153.2
0.010.2153.2
0.009.7853.3/20
0.011.3610.3/20
0.009.7853.3/20
0.011.3610.3/20
0.011.3610.3/20
0.009.7853.3/20
0.009.7851.4/50
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.8628.4/20
0.014.9195.4/20
0.014.9281.4
0.014.9281.4
0.014.9281.4
0.015.3094.4
2.8029.730.0
2.8039.299.0
2.6039.017.0
2.9019.200.0/10

Warning beacon
0.011.5631.3
2.9019.100.0/20
0.011.5631.3
0.011.5631.3
0.011.5631.3
0.010.2555.0
RH loudspeaker
LH loudspeaker
Radio
Radio
Clock
Radio
LH loudspeaker
RH loudspeaker
LH resistor
0.900.0058.9
0.010.2528.1
A/C switch
0.010.2555.0
RH resistor
0.009.4744.1
0.011.2047.4

LH electric fan
0.011.2047.4
RH electric fan
RH electric fan
Electric fan
Electric fan
Resistor
Resistor
Lights switch
Preheating device
Warning beacon
X80
X81
X84
X85
X86
X87
X88
X89
X90
X91
X92
X93
X94
X95
X96
X97
X98
X99
X100
X101
X102
X103
X104
X105
X106
X107
X108
X109
X110
X111
X112
X113
X123
X124
X125
X126
0.010.2121.1
0.010.2122.0
0.009.4743.1
0.009.4744.1
0.900.0304.1
0.010.2262.0
0.010.0618.4
0.010.2545.2
0.010.2545.2
0.900.0304.1
2.9019.100.0/20
2.7659.271.0
2.7659.156.0
2.7659.157.0
0.015.0359.4
0425.8670
2.8029.730.0
2.6039.017.0
2.8029.730.0
2.8019.960.0
40-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-20 40-20
6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
COMPONENT CODE
X127
X132
0.015.3094.4
0.015.1435.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
0.015.1435.4/10
0.015.1437.4/10
2.8019.970.0
2.8029.730.0
2.8039.299.0
2.8029.730.0
2.8039.299.0

X133
40-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-21 40-21
6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.2 - COMPONENTS
40.2.1 - Components
This chapter contains:
Components table: technical and functional description of the components
Pinouts of the electronic control units
Component technical data

Tab.21
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
1
2
Front PTO control solenoid 2.3729.400.0/10

valve
Fuel level sensor
2.7059.997.0/10
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
See solenoid 0.010.3140.0
X3
Resistance between pin 2 and pin 3:

with tank full: 5 0.8 Ohm
with tank half full:125 8 Ohm
with tank empty: 330 15 Ohm
X10
2.7659.096.0/10
CBA
X11
5
6
Pressure switch - hydraulic 2.7099.660.0/10

oil filter clogging
Transmission oil filter clog- 2.7099.660.0/10
ging pressure switch
ECO PTO engagement
2.7659.096.0/10
switch
CBA
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed contact (NC).

Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally open contact (NO)
Normally open contact. Calibration pressure: 0.4 to 0.5 X12
bar absolute pressure
Normally open contact. Calibration pressure: 0.4 to 0.5 X13
bar absolute pressure
X14
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed contact (NC)

Between pin 1 and pin 4: normally open contact (NO).
With switch free of levers
ECO PTO engagement

switch
2.7659.202.0
GROUNDSPEED PTO
engagement switch
2.7659.096.0/10
X15
Trailer braking low pressu- 2.7099.960.0

re switch
Services circuit alarm
2.7099.750.0/10
pressure switch
LH rear PTO switch (on
2.7659.177.0/20
fender)

Normally closed contact (NC). Switching pressure: 11
X16
bars
Normally closed contact (NC). Switching pressure: 11
X23
bar 1
Resistance between Pin1 and Pin2 with button pressed: X39
3.9 Ohm
9
10
11
X14
CBA
40-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-22 40-22
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
12
2.7659.097.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
X42
4
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed switch (NC)
Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open switch (NO)
13
2.7659.097.0
X43
4
14
Handbrake switch
2.7659.097.0
X44
15
RH PTO switch (on fender) 2.7659.177.0/20
16
Platform rotating beacon

switch
2.7659.159.0

Resistance between Pin1 and Pin2 with button pressed: X46
3.9 Ohm
X52
0
1
7
8
7 4
Pin
Pos
0
1
40-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-23 40-23
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
17
Starter switch
0441.1512.4
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
X54
83
50
30
86s
15
75
Pin
30
Pos
15
50
75
83
0
1
2
18
Hazard warning lights

switch
2.7659.158.0
X55
0
1
5
17
18
10
3
5 1 7 18
Pin
Pos
10
17
18
19
Brake pedal switch
2.7659.097.0
X56
4
40-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-24 40-24
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
20
2.7659.079.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
X64
0
1
1
Pin
Pos
0
1
21
2.7659.155.0
X64
0
1
Pin
Pos
0
1
22
2.7659.146.0
X65
0
1
2
Pin
Pos
0
1
2
40-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-25 40-25
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
23
2.7659.192.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
X65
0
1
Pin
Pos
7 4
0
1
2
24

switch
2.7659.091.0
X66
Pin
Pos
0
1
25

switch
2.7659.223.0
X66
40-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-26 40-26
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
26
Rotating beacon on/off

switch
2.7659.126.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
X67
0
1
1
Pin
Pos
0
1
27
Rotating beacon on/off

switch
2.7659.159.0
X67
0
1
7
8
7 4
Pin
Pos
0
1
28
2.7659.092.0
X70
0
1
2
Pin
Pos
0
1
2
40-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-27 40-27
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
29
2.7659.224.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
X70
0
1
2
Pin
Pos
0
1
2
30
2.7659.078.0
X71
0
1
1
Pin
Pos
0
1
31
2.7659.154.0
X71
0
1
Pin
Pos
0
1
32
Clutch pedal switch
2.7659.097.0
X73
4
40-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-28 40-28
6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
33
2.7659.156.0
X110
1
7
8
7 4
Pin
Pos
0
1
34
Wheel speed sensor
0.010.5612.0/10
35
2.3729.697.0/10
2.3729.250.0/50
X21
2.3729.697.0/10
X22
2.3729.697.0/10
X24
39
4WD control solenoid

valve
Rear PTO control solenoid
valve
differential lock control
solenoid valve
H/L travel control solenoid
valve
Front PTO switch
Pin1 = 12V DC power supply; Pin2 = output signal; Pin3 X19

= earth
Between pin 2 and pin 3: 0.02V with sensor far from
metals 12.0V with sensor near to metals (if kept near to
metal, after 5 seconds it must return to 0V)
X20
2.7659.277.0
X48
40
2.7659.152.0/10
X50
36
37
38
40-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-29 40-29
6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
41
4WD switch
2.7659.151.0/20
X51
42
Lights switch
2.7659.271.0
X109
43
2.7659.157.0
X111
44
Rear PTO switch
2.7659.278.0
X49
45
Start enable switch
2.7659.275.0
Normally closed switch (NC) resistance with contact

closed 3.9 Ohm
CONNECTOR
X18
40-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-30 40-30
6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
PINOUTS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
INSTRUMENT PANEL (P/N. 2.8339.248.0/40)
Tab.22
CONNECTOR 3K
Grub
screw
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Volts
Abbreviation
0V
+12V
+12V
+15
+30
+12V
D+
+30
Description
Not utilised
Not utilised
Not utilised
Input, fuel reserve signal
Input, air cleaner clogged signal
Input signal, engine oil pressure
Input, brake fluid level signal
Battery negative
Input, ECO PTO engaged signal
Input, 1000 PTO engaged signal
Input, 540 PTO engaged signal
Input, trailer brake
Input, rear PTO engaged signal
Battery positive
Battery positive
Not utilised
Input, 4WD activated signal
Input signal, transmission oil filter clogged
Input, transmission oil pressure signal
Input, battery charging signal
Battery positive
Input, parking brake
Not utilised
Input, groundspeed PTO engaged signal
Not utilised
Not utilised
Tab.23
CONNECTOR 5K
Grub
screw
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Volts.
Abbreviation
CANH
CANL
CANRES
+12V
+50
Description
ISO 9141 serial interface
CAN H
CAN L
CAN RES
Not utilised
Not utilised
Input, engine start signal
Input, low beam headlights signal
Input, high beam headlights signal
Input, direction indicators
Input, 1st trailer direction indicators
40-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-31 40-31
6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONNECTOR 5K
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
0V
Input, 2nd trailer direction indicators

Battery negative
Input, differential lock engaged signal
Input, pre-heating stage activation
Input, front PTO engaged signal
Not utilised
Not utilised
Power (+), preheating relay
Input, coolant temperature sensor signal
Input, fuel level signal
Input, wheel speed signal
Not utilised
Engine speed signal input
Not utilised
Not utilised
40-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-32 40-32
6/21/2007 4:36:43 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3 - SYSTEMS
40.3.1 - Earthing points
Version with front battery
GND3
GND7
GND9
F0027371
F0122090
F0027212
GND8
GND4
F0123130
F0122110
GND5
GND1
GND2
GND6
F0122240
F0122270
F0123120
Fig.121
40-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-33 40-33
6/21/2007 4:36:43 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with lateral battery
Fig.122
40-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-34 40-34
6/21/2007 4:36:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.2 - Starting and pre-heating
4
50 30
87a
87 85 86 30
87a
RL1
87 85 86 30
GENERATOR
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
8 14 15 21 20
5K
1 2 3
3K
X73
GND3
F1 F8 F9
5A
40A
FRL1
G11
3 4 5 6 8 9 1 1 11 4
G1
1 4
G6
60A
0.015.1983.4
PREHEATING
7 19 20 13 15 24
GND4
RL2
3A
75 83 15
X54
15A
0.014.8628.4
5
GND
1 0
+ 50
TEMP.
PREHEATING RELE
RL42B
RL42A
13
2
1
125A
RL42
D+
B+
0.014.8630.4
12
X113
+50
GND2
+30C
0.014.8806.4
10
11
+30
X5
1 2
+30A +30B
GND1
X6
1 2
X7
X18
1 2
1 2
0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4
D0036860
BATTERY
Fig.123 - Starting and pre-heating

Key
1. Starter switch
2. Engine starter relay
3. Key positive supply relay
4. Instrument panel
5. Clutch pedal switch
6. Start enable switch
7. Engine stop device
8. Overboost device
9. Engine temperature sensor
10. Starter motor
11. Preheating device
12. Alternator
13. Preheating relay
Wiring and connectors list
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
40-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-35 40-35
6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.014.8630.4/20 - RH drivetrain wiring
See para. 40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-101
0.014.8629.4/20 - Engine wiring - version with front battery
See para. 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-73
See para. 40.4.4 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-74
0.015.1597.4/10 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
40-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-36 40-36
6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.3 - Lights selector - Tractor with cab
87 86 85 30
31 31b
56d
56b 56a
56
49a
13 8 9 10 11 12
8 14 15 21
5K
X61
5 7
X38
1 3
31
54
4 3 2 1
2 17 18 10 8 5
X55
58
31
54
58
1 3 4
1 6 5 3 2 4
3K
C2
C3
49a
49
31
+12/30
+12/30
6
7
+12V
X112
GND4
4 3 2 1
X45
X40
GND3
F10
F14
15A
F9
15A
F15
7.5A
7.5A
F16
15A
F13
F1
15A
F3
15A
20A
F2
5A
0.014.8628.4
87a
RL2
GND
LEFT
50 30
DIRECTION INDICATOR 2 TRAILER
RIGHT
75 83 15
X54
1 0
GND
3
FULL BEAM
POSITION BEAM
DIRECTION INDICATOR
GND8
5
G10
G7
G29
X28
X29
1 2
1 2
1 2
0.014.8107.4
D0036870
+30
GND1
18
17
16
15
14
X74
58
-31
F.D.
1 2 3
BATTERY
13
9 10
1 2
1 2
10
11
X75
1 2 3
58
1 2
-31
X27
X26
1 2
G30
3 4
7 8
F.S.
X30
0.014.8806.4
G31
3 4
0441.1923.4
X41
2 3 5 6
0.010.8189.3
1 2 3 4 5
0441.1923.4
4 1 0 8 9 13 14
G28
GND2
X109
G8
1 2 5 3
60A
0.015.1983.4
G11
12
Fig.124 - Lights - steering column switch unit

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Lights selector switch
4. Instrument panel
5. Hazard lights control unit
6. Trailer socket
7. Hazard warning lights switch
8. Left tail light
9. Right tail light
10. Number plate light
11. Lights switch
12. Front left sidelight and direction indicator
13. Front right sidelight and direction indicator
14. Horn
15. LH low beam headlight
16. RH low beam headlight
17. RH high beam headlight
18. LH high beam headlight
0.010.8189.3/40 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab
40-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-37 40-37
6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
See para. 40.4.55 - Wiring for front ... - Page 40-173
See para. 40.4.56 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-174
0441.1923.4 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab
See para. 40.4.57 - Wiring for lower ... - Page 40-177
See para. 40.4.58 - Lower front light... - Page 40-178
0.014.8107.4/20 - Hood lights wiring
See para. 40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-70
40-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-38 40-38
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.4 - Lights selector - Tractor with platform
87 86 85 30
31 31b
56d
56b 56a
56
49a
13 8 9 10 11 12
8 14 15 21
5K
X61
X38
5 7
1 3
31
54
4 3 2 1
2 17 18 10 8 5
X55
58
31
54
58
1 3 4
1 6 5 3 2 4
3K
C2
C3
49a
49
31
+12/30
+12/30
6
7
+12V
X112
GND4
4 3 2 1
X45
X40
GND3
F10
F14
15A
F9
15A
7.5A
F15
15A
F16
F13
7.5A
F1
15A
F3
15A
20A
F2
5A
0.014.8628.4
87a
RL2
GND
LEFT
50 30
RIGHT
75 83 15
X54
1 0
GND
3
FULL BEAM
POSITION BEAM
DIRECTION INDICATOR
GND8
5
G10
G7
0.015.1983.4
G11
G8
1 2 5 3
4 1 0 8 9 13 14
1 2 3 4 5
X109
X41
2 3 5 6
7 8
9 10
1 2
1 2
10
60A
11
X126
1 2
1 2 3
0.014.8107.4
X127
1 2 3
F.S.
1 2
58
X28
X29
1 2
-31
X27
1 2
F.D.
1 2
58
X26
X30
-31
GND2
0.014.8806.4
0.015.3094.4
D0036880
+30
GND1
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
BATTERY
Fig.125 - Lights - steering column switch unit

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Lights selector switch
4. Instrument panel
5. Hazard lights control unit
6. Trailer socket
7. Hazard warning lights switch
8. Left tail light
9. Right tail light
10. Number plate light
11. Lights switch
12. Right headlamp
13. Left headlamp
14. Horn
15. LH low beam headlight
16. RH low beam headlight
17. RH high beam headlight
18. LH high beam headlight
0.015.3094.4 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform
40-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-39 40-39
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-40 40-40
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.5 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with standard cab
1
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
50 30
1 2
87a
1 13
87 86 85 30
X53
X54
RL2
5K
+12/30
+12/30
GND
GND
1 0
ISO
8 15 21
1 2 10 13
3K
2 3 5 6
X62
7 8
9 10
X109
7 2 3
2 1
X37
1 8
X52
GND4
F15
7.5A
5A
15A
F7
10A
F4
F1
15A
F9
0.014.9375.4
GND3
G10
2
G11
1 4
G13
G9
VERSIONE PIATTAFORMA
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
X124
1 2
2 3
0.015.1983.4
0.014.9281.4
0.014.8806.4
GND9
87
85
86
30
F1 F2
F6
X63
17
1
2
16
1
2
GND1
BATTERY
10
X72
G19
0.009.7850.4
18
+30
RL30
X67
2
4
3
1
4 8
1
2
X92
13
X90
X80
1
2
4
3
2
1
2
1 +
11
2
1 +
12
X91
-
15
G26
14
X69
1
2
3
4
D0036890
0.009.7851.4
0.012.9909.4
0.011.0729.4
Fig.126 - Diagnostics accessories

Key
1. Starter switch
2. Cigar lighter
4. Instrument panel
5. Diagnostic socket
6. Lights switch
7. Pneumatic seat air compressor
8. Platform rotating beacon switch
9. Warning beacon
10. Roof line supply relay
11. RH loudspeaker
12. LH loudspeaker
13. Radio
14. Warning beacon
15. Clock
16. Radio
17. Interior roof light
18. Rotating beacon on/off switch

40-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-41 40-41
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.014.9281.4 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform
See para. 40.4.61 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-184
0.009.7850.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab
See para. 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-110
0.011.0729.4/10 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab
See para. 40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wirin... - Page 40-135
See para. 40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wirin... - Page 40-137
0.012.9909.4 - Rotating beacon wiring
See para. 40.4.63 - Rotating beacon w... - Page 40-188
See para. 40.4.64 - Position of rotar... - Page 40-189
0.009.7851.4/50 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab
See para. 40.4.29 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-124
See para. 40.4.30 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-126
0.014.9375.4/20 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab
40-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-42 40-42
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.6 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with high-visibility cab
1
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
50 30
1 2
87a
1 13
87 86 85 30
X53
X54
RL2
5K
+12/30
+12/30
GND
GND
1 0
ISO
8 15 21
1 2 10 13
3K
2 3 5
X62
6 7 8 9 10
X109
7 2 3
2 1
X37
1 8
X52
GND4
F15
7.5A
F7
10A
F4
5A
15A
F1
15A
F9
0.014.9376.4
GND3
G10
2
G11
1 4
G13
G9
VERSIONE PIATTAFORMA
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
X124
1 2
2 3
0.015.1983.4
GND7
0.014.9281.4
0.014.8806.4
X67
7
4
6
5
1
3
2
8
F1 F2
87
85
86
30
F6
X63
1
2
16
GND1
BATTERY
10
0.011.3606.4
17
+30
RL30
G23
0.011.3596.3
1 3 4
G26
X80
1
2
X89
1 2 4
X84
X86
-
14
1 2
1 2
X87
X88
1 2
11
GND7
1 2 3 4
0.012.9909.4
D0036900
13
15
1
2
12
Fig.127 - Diagnostics accessories

Key
1. Starter switch
2. Cigar lighter
4. Instrument panel
5. Diagnostic socket
6. Lights switch
7. Pneumatic seat air compressor
8. Platform rotating beacon switch
9. Warning beacon
11. Warning beacon
12. Radio
13. LH loudspeaker
14. RH loudspeaker
15. Clock
16. Interior roof light
17. Rotating beacon on/off switch
40-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-43 40-43
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.012.9909.4 - Rotating beacon wiring
See para. 40.4.63 - Rotating beacon w... - Page 40-188
See para. 40.4.64 - Position of rotar... - Page 40-189
0.011.3606.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
0.011.3596.3/40 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
See para. 40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radi... - Page 40-169
0.014.9376.4/10 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
See para. 40.4.37 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-139
40-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-44 40-44
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.7 - Instrument panel
3
50 30
87a
87 85 86 30
RL2
GND
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
SERVICE
AIR FILTER
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
6 19 14 15 21 8
3K GND4
GND8
5A
15A
4 5
F1
F9
G11
12 7 3 9
G1
G2
3 4
G3
G6
60A
0.015.1983.4
13 20 21
5K
GND2
1 2
X10
X5
X8
X2
1 2
1 2
0.014.8806.4
0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4
1 4 3
X23
0.014.8630.4
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
X54
FUEL RESERVE
1 0
GND
FUEL LEVEL
2
ENGINE TEMPERATURE
0.014.9193.4
D0036910
+30
GND1
BATTERY
Fig.128 - Instrument panel

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Instrument panel
4. Services circuit alarm pressure switch
5. Fuel level sensor
6. Engine temperature sensor
7. Engine oil pressure switch
8. Air cleaner clogged sensor
0.014.9193.4/20 - LH drivetrain wiring
See para. 40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-104

40-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-45 40-45
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-46 40-46
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.8 - Worklights - Tractor with standard cab
2
0.014.8107.4
2 1
75 83 15
2 1
X25
X31
19
1 0
50 30
X54
X111
3 7
3 7
X110
87a
87 85 86 30
87a
RL2
87 85 86 30
RL3
2 3 5 6
7 8
9 10
X109
G7
F12
F15
GND3
7.5A
F11
15A
15A
F9
15A
6
7
11
12
0.014.8628.4
18
0.014.9375.4
GND4
G10
2
G11
2 3 5
1 2
0.014.8806.4
10
+30
X78
1 2
1 2
D0036920
GND9
17
16
15
14
X64
X71
2 4 3 1
2 4 3 1
13
12
G 32
1 2
11
X133
X132
1 2
1 2
0.015.1435.4
87
85
86
30
F8
0.015.1435.4
X79
G33
1 2
F7
1 2
GND1
G29
1 2
BATTERY
RL30
0.009.7850.4
0.009.7851.4
6
5
2
1
G31
1 2
0.010.8189.3
X123
1 2
GND2
G19
X77
G8
0441.1923.4
X125
1 2
8 7 4 1
0441.1923.4
G16
0.014.9281.4
0.015.1983.4
60A
60A
G38
X76
G13
VERSIONE
PIATTAFORMA
Fig.129 - Spotlights
Key
1. Starter switch
2. Low worklights switch
3. Corner lights switch
5. Worklights supply relay
6. Lights switch
7. RH supplementary worklight
8. LH supplementary worklight
9. Work light, main beam
12. Front worklights switch
13. Rear worklights switch
14. LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
15. RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
16. LH front worklight (on cab roof)
17. RH front worklight (on cab roof)
18. RH front worklight
19. LH front worklight
40-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-47 40-47
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.015.1435.4/10 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab
40-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-48 40-48
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.9 - Wipers - Tractor with standard cab
1
2
3
2
1 0
0.014.9375.4
75 83 15
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
RL2
2 1
X34
2 1
X35
GND3
15A
F9
GND4
G10
10
11
2
3
4
G11
31 T I
53M 53S
15
2 7 5 8 6 3
X68
X70
G17
2
1
60A
60A
G38
G16
0.009.7851.4
0.015.1983.4
G19
X81
53a
87
85
86
30
F6
G20
2
6
1
3
23 4
3
2
4
1
53
31
31b
GND1
RL30
3
7
F5
0.014.8628.4
BATTERY
2
1
0.014.8806.4
+30
X108
GND2
GND9
X65
3 7 8 6 4
X66
1 2
0.010.4516.3
0.009.7850.4
D0036940
Fig.130 - Windscreen wipers

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Windscreen washer pump
4. Rear screen washer pump
6. Windscreen washer pump switch
7. Rear screen wiper switch
8. Windscreen wiper motor
9. Rear screen wiper motor
10. Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
11. Windscreen wiper switch

40-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-49 40-49
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.010.4516.3 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab
See para. 40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-132
40-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-50 40-50
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.10 - Heating system - Tractor with standard cab
1
2
2
0.014.9375.4
75 83 15
1 0
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
RL2
GND4
15A
F9
G10
2
G11
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
0.010.2147.2
0.015.1983.4
0.014.8806.4
0.014.8628.4
G21
2
1
D0036960
+30
F4
X102
1 2 3 4 5
I
II
III
IV
X101
1 2 3
X100
87
85
86
30
BATTERY
RL30
1 2
GND1
GND9
0.009.7850.4
Fig.131 - Heating
Key
1. Starter switch
4. Electric fan
5. Resistor
6. Fan speed selector switch
40-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-51 40-51
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.010.2147.2 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab
See para. 40.4.23 - Heating wiring - ... - Page 40-115
See para. 40.4.24 - Heating system wi... - Page 40-116
40-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-52 40-52
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.11 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with standard cab
1
75 83 15
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
0.014.8628.4
0.014.9375.4
1 0
RL2
15A
F9
GND4
G10
1
2
G1
G11
13
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
X9
1 2 3
0.015.1983.4
G21
0.014.8806.4
2
1
+30
RL53
30 86 85 87
X103
X102
1 2 3 4 5
1 2
II
III
IV
X101
1 2 3
X100
1 2
GND9
9
12
11
F3 F4
G18
10
4
3
2
1
RL30
GND1
BATTERY
87
85
86
30
RL55
X105
D0036980
0.009.7850.4
2 1
30 86 85 87 87a
X107
X104
1 2
0.009.7853.3
0.010.2153.2
G22
1
2
3
4
0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4
Fig.132 - Air conditioning system

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Air conditioning compressor
4. Air conditioning pressure switch
5. Control relay for air conditioning fan
6. Air conditioning fan
8. Electric fan
9. Resistor
11. Air conditioning temperature thermostat
12. Compressor relay

40-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-53 40-53
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.009.7853.3/20 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab
See para. 40.4.27 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-121
See para. 40.4.28 - Air conditioner e... - Page 40-122
0.010.2153.2 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab
See para. 40.4.26 - Air conditioner w... - Page 40-119
40-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-54 40-54
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.12 - Worklights - Tractor with high-visibility cab
19
2 1
2 1
0.014.8107.4
X25
75 83 15
X31
1 0
50 30
X54
X111
3 7 8
3 7 8
X110
87a
87 85 86 30
87a
RL2
87 85 86 30
RL3
2 3 5 6
7 8
9 10
X109
G7
F12
F15
GND3
7.5A
F11
15A
15A
F9
15A
6
7
11
12
0.014.8628.4
18
0.014.9376.4
GND4
G10
2
G11
2 3 5
1 2
10
GND2
0.014.8806.4
4
3
2
1
G40
1 2
+30
87
85
86
30
GND7
X77
X79
F8
X64
X78
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
17
16
15
14
X71
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
11
0.011.3606.4
F7
X76
GND1
G33
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
D0036930
13
G 32
0.010.8189.3
1 2
BATTERY
RL30
1 2
G29
1 2
1 2
G41
1 2
G31
1 2
X133
X132
1 2
1 2
0.015.1437.4
G42
1 2
G8
0441.1923.4
X123
1 2
0441.1923.4
X125
G19
G39
8 7 4 1
0.015.1437.4
0.011.3595.3
G16
0.014.9281.4
0.015.1983.4
GND7
60A
60A
G38
0.015.1437.4
G13
VERSIONE
PIATTAFORMA
12
Fig.133 - Spotlights
Key
1. Starter switch
2. Low worklights switch
3. Corner lights switch
5. Worklights supply relay
6. Lights switch
7. RH supplementary worklight
8. LH supplementary worklight
12. Front worklights switch
13. Rear worklights switch
14. LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
15. RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
16. LH front worklight (on cab roof)
17. RH front worklight (on cab roof)
18. RH front worklight
19. LH front worklight
40-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-55 40-55
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.015.1437.4/10 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
0.011.3595.3/10 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-56 40-56
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.13 - Wipers - Tractor with high-visibility cab
1
2
2
1 0
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
RL2
2 1
X34
2 1
X35
GND3
15A
F9
10
11
GND4
G10
2
3
4
2
0
1
G11
53M 53S
15
0.011.3596.3
31 T I
5 2
X68
1 3 6
X70
G17
2
1
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
X85
1
4
0.015.1983.4
G23
0.014.8806.4
0.014.8628.4
2
+30
GND1
BATTERY
GND7
RL30
F5
X81
53a
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
1
23 4
31
31b
G20
53
87
85
86
30
F6
GND7
X65
5 2
1 3 6
X66
3 2
0.011.3597.3
0.011.3606.4
D0036950
1
0
2
Fig.134 - Windscreen wipers

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Windscreen washer pump
4. Rear screen washer pump
6. Windscreen washer pump switch
7. Rear screen wiper switch
8. Windscreen wiper motor
9. Rear screen wiper motor
10. Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
11. Windscreen wiper switch
40-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-57 40-57
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.011.3597.3 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
0.011.3596.3/40 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-58 40-58
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.14 - Heating system - Tractor with high-visibility cab
1
2
2
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15
1 0
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
RL2
GND4
15A
F9
G10
2
G11
10
0.010.2554.2
9
1
2
1
2
60A
RL50
60A
X98
M
G38
30 85 86 87 87b
X99
G16
GND2
RL51
0.015.1983.4
87b
II
III
IV
C
4
3
2
1
40A
GND1
BATTERY
RL30
87
85
86
30
X96
+30
F130
1
2
3
4
5
4
3
2
1
0.014.8628.4
2
1
X95
I
0.014.8806.4
G25
87
86
85
30
GND7
0.011.3606.4
X93
D0036970
Fig.135 - Heating
Key
1. Starter switch
4. LH resistor
5. RH resistor
7. Max. fan speed relay
8. RH electric fan
9. LH electric fan
10. 3rd blower speed relay

40-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-59 40-59
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.010.2554.2 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
40-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-60 40-60
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.15 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with high-visibility cab
1
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15
1 0
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
0.014.8628.4
RL2
15A
F9
GND4
G10
16
17
18
1
2
19
G1
G11
13
15
1
2
14
1
2
30 85 86 87 87b
RL50
87b
87 86 85 30
RL52
X94
X97
60A
X98
M
G38
60A
0.010.2560.0
X99
G16
RL51
II
12
III
IV
C
X9
1
0.014.8806.4
0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4
2
1
G21
X95
I
0.015.1983.4
G25
87
86
85
30
13
GND2
1 2 3
87b
+30
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
GND1
BATTERY
X96
4
3
2
1
G24
X93
4
3
2
1
F3 F4
RL30
9
D0036990
F130
40A
10
3
6
8
7
5
4
2
1
87
85
86
30
0.011.3606.4
2 1
RL54
RL55
X105
GND7
30 86 85 87 87a
30 86 85 87 87a
X104
1234
5 6
X106
0.011.3610.3
11
1 2
M
Fig.136 - Air conditioning system

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Air conditioning compressor
4. Supplementary air conditioning fan
5. Air conditioning pressure switch
6. Control relay for supplementary air conditioning fan
7. Control relay for air conditioning fan
8. Air conditioning fan
10. LH resistor
11. RH resistor
13. Max. fan speed relay
14. RH electric fan
15. LH electric fan
16. 3rd blower speed relay
17. Compressor and starting in 1st blower speed in A/C relay
18. A/C switch
19. Air conditioning temperature thermostat
40-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-61 40-61
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.009.3610.3/20 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
0.010.2560.0 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
See para. 40.4.44 - Air conditioner w... - Page 40-153
40-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-62 40-62
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.16 - Transmission
8 14 15 17 18 1 21
5K
F1
5A
F6
1 2 3
3K
GND4
87a
87 85 86 30
7 8 2
X47 RL2
87a
X50
87 85 86 30
2 3 5 6 7 8
9 10
RL4
7 8 2 1 3 5 4
X109
GND3
X51
F15
7.5A
15A
F9
+12/30
HI-LO
OBSTRUCTION
DOUBLE TRACTION
+12/30
+12V
GND
WHEEL SPEED
14 13 18 22
50 30
X54
7.5A
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
SEAT
21
GND
2
DIFFERENTIAL
GND8
3
2
1
X36
G11
10
G9
G2
G3
1 2 3 4
G5
G6
X73
1 2 3 4
X58
12
X59
11
X60
10
0.014.9193.4
X11
1 2 3
GND2
X12
X13
X19
19
18
2 3
X20
1 2
X22
1 2
X24
0.014.8630.4
60A
13
0.014.8806.4
0.015.1983.4
1 2 3 7 8 9
1 2
freq.
D0037010
20
+30
17
16
15
14
GND1
BATTERY
Fig.137 - Transmission
Key
1. Starter switch
2. Instrument panel
3. H/L lever
5. Differential lock switch
6. H/L travel control power supply relay
7. Lights switch
8. 4WD switch
9. Operator present sensor
10. Not utilised
11. Not utilised
12. Not utilised
13. Clutch pedal switch
14. H/L travel control solenoid valve
15. differential lock control solenoid valve
16. 4WD control solenoid valve
17. Wheel speed sensor
18. Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
19. Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging
20. 4WD engagement switch

40-63
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-63 40-63
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-64
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-64 40-64
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.17 - PTO
3
87a
87 85 86 30
7 8
9 10
X109
3 7
13 16
X48
PTO SYNCRO
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
REAR PTO
PTO 540
PTO 1000
PTO ECO
GND
GND
GND
REAR PTO EV
FRONT PTO EV
+15
D+
2 3 5 6
GND3
PTO
ECU
8 9 10 11 13 14 15 21 24
3K
5K
3 7
X49
GND8
15A
G1
3 4
0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4
60A
0.015.1983.4
2 8 9
GND2
F10
F15
G11
X3
2 1
+30B
REAR PTO SWITCH
GND4
F1
5A
15A
F9
FRONT PTO SWITCH
9 2 17 6 1 15 14 7 12
RL2
X21
D+ B+
G6
3 4 5
0.014.8630.4
50 30
X54
7.5A
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
1 0
REAR PTO LED
FRONT PTO
2
FRONT PTO LED
2 1
X14
G2
X15
2
X43
2
X42
4
X46
X39
4
1 2
1 2
0.014.9193.4
0.014.8806.4
D0037020
+30
GND1
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
BATTERY
Fig.138 - PTO
Key
1. Starter switch
3. PTO control unit
4. Lights switch
5. Front PTO switch
6. Instrument panel
7. RH PTO switch (on fender)
8. LH rear PTO switch (on fender)
9. 540 PTO control switch
10. 1000 PTO control switch
11. GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch
12. ECO PTO engagement switch
13. Rear PTO control solenoid valve
14. Alternator
15. Front PTO control solenoid valve

40-65
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-65 40-65
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-66
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-66 40-66
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.18 - Brakes
1
1 2
1 2
1 0
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
1 2 -
X57
RL2
2 3 5 6
1 2 3
7 8 9 10
X109
X56
X40
3 6
X45
X38
GND4
F15
F9
15A
5A
F5
10A
F1
+ G
7.5A
75 83 15
0.014.8628.4
GND3
GND8
9 10
60A
0.015.1983.4
5K
G1
G11
13
GND
8
7
12
14
15
21
22
GND
BRAKES OIL LEVEL
TRAILER PRESSURE
+12V
+12/30
+12/30
HAND BRAKE
3K
X44
1 2
D0037000
+30
GND1
G2
1 2
0.014.8629.4
0.015.1597.4
12
0.014.9193.4
0.014.8806.4
1 2
11
BATTERY
G14
G12
X16
0.014.1645.4
X1
GND2
10
Fig.139 - Brakes
Key
1. Starter switch
3. Trailer pressure indicator
4. Lights switch
5. Brake pedal switch
6. Left tail light
7. Right tail light
8. Trailer socket
9. Instrument panel
10. Trailer braking low pressure switch
11. Handbrake switch
12. Brake fluid level sensor
40-67
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-67 40-67
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
0.014.1645.4/10 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring
See para. 40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic... - Page 40-191
See para. 40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic... - Page 40-192
40-68
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-68 40-68
6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.3.19 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
3
1
75 83 15
50 30
87a
87 85 86 30
RL2
X54
5A
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
CAN RES
CAN L
GND
8 14 15 21
3K
GND4
F9
G11
4 5
G9
60A
0.015.1983.4
13 2 3 4
5K
15A
F1
CAN H
1 0
GND
0.014.8628.4
GND2
0.014.8806.4
D0037030
+30
GND1
BATTERY
Fig.140 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Key
1. Starter switch
3. Instrument panel
40-69
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-69 40-69
6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4 - WIRING LOOMS
40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring - 0.014.8107.4/20
X25
X26
X28
X27
X30
X29
G7
X31
X27
2
1
X29
2
1
2
H 1.5
ANABBAGLIANTI DX
LOW BEAM LIGHTS RH
ANABBAGLIANTI SX
LOW BEAM LIGHTS LT
ABBAGLIANTI DX
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS RH
ABBAGLIANTI SX
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS LT
CLACSON
HORN
FARI LAV.MUSETTO SX
CORNER LIGHTS LT
FARI LAV.MUSETTO DX
G7
CORNER LIGHTS RH
-31
-31
-31
-31
+30
+30
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
10
11
12
13
14
H 1.5
VN 1.5
X26
X30
VN 1.5
1
Z1
X28
1
RV 1.5
X31
1
RV 1.5
X25
2
N 1.5
N 1.5
R1
N 1.5
N 1.5
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE

M
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
N 1.5
N 1.5
D0036740
Fig.141 - Hood lights wiring

Connectors list
G7 - To instrument panel wiring
X25 - RH front worklight
X26 - RH high beam headlight
X27 - RH low beam headlight
X28 - Horn
X29 - LH low beam headlight
X30 - LH high beam headlight
X31 - LH front worklight
40-70
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-70 40-70
6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.142
40-71
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-71 40-71
6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.24
POS.
POS.
40-72
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-72 40-72
6/21/2007 4:36:55 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.3 - Engine wiring - version with front battery - 0.014.8629.4/20
+30B
X9
B+
X8
RL42
RL42B
X7
X6
G1
1 2
X3
+50
X1
X5
X 2
11
FEEDBACK H.D.
BRAKES OIL
OLIO FRENI
FEED BACH H.D.
SG1
10
14
9
GND
GND
N1
ZN 1
OBSTR.AIR FILTER
INT.FILTRO ARIA
FRONT PTO COM.
H2O TEMPERAT.
+50
TEMP.H2O
+50
COM.PTO ANT.
BN 1
MN 1
R1
MN 1.5
12
5
H.D.RELAY
+50
+50
RELAY H.D.
MR 1
MN 1.5
" W"
"W"
BR 1
D+ ALTERNATORE
13
8
D+ GENERATOR
2-27 BAR FILTER
+15
V 1.5
MB 1
G1
FILTRO 2-27 BAR
+15
B+
OIL ENGINE PRESS.
+30B
PRESS.OLIO MOT.
D+
L1
M1
D0036710
N1
MN 1
SG1
S.U.1
RL42B

S.U.2
Grigio/Gray
X7
X3
D+
ZN 1
Rosso/Red
N1
N1
Giallo/Yellow
X1
BN 1
X5
MN 2.5
Rosa/Pink
BR 1
Blu/Dark Blue
L1
Bianco/White
N1
Azzurro/Blue
Nero/Black
MN 1
Viola/Violet
N1
Verde/Green
R1
M1
Arancio/Orange
V 1.5
N1
Marrone/Brown
MB 1
X8
X2
N1
MR 1
X6
X9
1
D0036720
+50
RL42
Fig.143 - Engine wiring - version with front battery

Connectors list
+50 - Starter motor
+30B - Battery
B+ - Alternator
D+ - Alternator
RL42 - Pre-heating relay
RL42B - Pre-heating relay
W - Alternator
X1 - Brake fluid level sensor
X2 - Air filter clogging sensor
X3 - Front PTO solenoid valve
X5 - Engine temperature sensor
X6 - Overboost device
X7 - Engine stop device
X8 - Engine oil pressure switch
X9 - Air conditioning system compressor
40-73
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-73 40-73
6/21/2007 4:36:55 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.4 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with front battery
View of wiring
6
5
4
1
7
3
10
2
X3
11
F0123170
Fig.144
40-74
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-74 40-74
6/21/2007 4:36:56 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.25
40-75
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-75 40-75
6/21/2007 4:36:57 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
10
11
40-76
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-76 40-76
6/21/2007 4:37:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
11
SG1
10
FEEDBACK H.D.
FEED BACH H.D.
BRAKES OIL
OLIO FRENI
ZN 1
2
FRONT PTO COM.
GND
OBSTR.AIR FILTER
COM.PTO ANT.
GND
INT.FILTRO ARIA
BN 1
MN 1
N1
14
+50
+50
MN 1.5
H.D.RELAY
+50
H2O TEMPERAT.
TEMP.H2O
RELAY H.D.
+50
MR 1
R1
"W"
"W"
BR 1
MN 1.5
12
8
D+ GENERATOR
D+ ALTERNATORE
2-27 BAR FILTER
OIL ENGINE PRESS.
+15
FILTRO 2-27 BAR
+15
MB 1
V 1.5
PRESS.OLIO MOT.
G1
L1
B+
M1
+30B
13
40.4.5 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery - 0.015.1597.4/10
SG1
S.U.1
MN 1
N1
RL42B
S.U.2
N1
BR 1
X3
D+
X5
X7
X1
BN 1
V 1.5
X8
MN 2.5
N1
MN 1
M1
N1
MB 1
1
ZN 1
N1
L1
N1
1
R1
X6
X2

Marrone/Brown
Verde/Green
N1
MR 1
X9
1
+50
Arancio/Orange
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
D0037140
RL42
Fig.145 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery

Connectors list
+50 - Starter motor
+30B - Battery
B+ - Alternator
D+ - Alternator
RL42 - Pre-heating relay
W - Alternator
X1 - Brake fluid level sensor
X2 - Air filter clogging sensor
X3 - Front PTO solenoid valve
X5 - Engine temperature sensor
X6 - Overboost device
X7 - Engine stop device
X8 - Engine oil pressure switch
X9 - Air conditioning system compressor
40-77
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-77 40-77
6/21/2007 4:37:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.6 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with lateral battery
Wiring views
Fig.146
40-78
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-78 40-78
6/21/2007 4:37:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.26
POS.
POS.
40-79
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-79 40-79
6/21/2007 4:37:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS.
POS.
10
11
40-80
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-80 40-80
6/21/2007 4:37:06 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.7 - Battery wiring loom - 0.014.8806.4/20
GND2
GND1
+30B
+30C
+30A
+30

M
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
GND5
GND6
D0036750
Fig.147 - Battery wiring loom

Connectors list
+30 - Battery
+30A - Battery
+30B - Battery
+30C - Starter motor
GND1 - Battery
GND2 - Earthing point 2
40-81
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-81 40-81
6/21/2007 4:37:08 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.8 - Battery wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.148
40-82
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-82 40-82
6/21/2007 4:37:08 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.149
40-83
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-83 40-83
6/21/2007 4:37:09 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
For all versions
Fig.150
Connector positions
Tab.27
POS.
POS:
1
- Version
with front
battery
2
- Version
with front
battery
40-84
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-84 40-84
6/21/2007 4:37:10 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS.
POS:
3
- Version
with front
battery
7 - Version with
lateral
battery
40-85
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-85 40-85
6/21/2007 4:37:11 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.9 - Preheating wiring loom - 0.014.9195.4/20
X113
+30A
RL42B
125A
RL42A
D0036760
Fig.151 - Preheating wiring loom

Connectors list
+30A - Battery
RL42A - Pre-heating relay
X113 - Preheating device
40-86
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-86 40-86
6/21/2007 4:37:13 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.10 - Pre-heating wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.152
40-87
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-87 40-87
6/21/2007 4:37:13 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.153
Connector positions
Tab.28
POS.
POS.
40-88
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-88 40-88
6/21/2007 4:37:14 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.11 - Power supply wiring - 0.015.1983.4/10
60A
+30C
D0036770
G38
G11
Fig.154 - Power supply wiring

Connectors list
+30C - Starter motor
G38 - To cab power supply wiring
40-89
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-89 40-89
6/21/2007 4:37:16 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.12 - Power supply wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.155
40-90
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-90 40-90
6/21/2007 4:37:16 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.156
40-91
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-91 40-91
6/21/2007 4:37:17 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.29
POS.
POS.
40-92
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-92 40-92
6/21/2007 4:37:18 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.13 - Instrument panel wiring - 0.014.8628.4/20
X53
X55
X52
X51
X50
X49
X46
X48
X45
R
X54
1 23 4
GND3
G13
G7
1 23 4
1 23 4
GND4
X47
G6
X56
1 23 4
PTO ECU
X57
G5
X44
5k
5K
3k
X58
3K
1 23
S
X60
X36
G10
1 23 4
X37
GND8
X59
X61
5
G1
G8
GIALLO
X42
X43
X62
G9
X73
X34
X35
X110
1 23 4
X111
1 23 4
X109
G11
G2
G3
X112
X38
FRL1
FM1
RM1
START
7.5A
15 A
X40
5A
20 A
15 A
F1
15 A
10 A
7.5A
3A
10 A
7.5A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
F16
STOP
+15
F12
X39
RL1
+50
F13
15 A
+15
+15
F11-12
F9-10
K7
X41
K1
RL4
RL3
D0037060
RL2
Fig.157 - Instrument panel wiring (1/3)

Connectors list
3K - Instrument panel
5K - Instrument panel
FRL1 - Engine starting relay fuse
G1 - To engine wiring
G2 - To LH drivetrain wiring
G5 - To RH drivetrain wiring
G6 - To RH drivetrain wiring
G7 - To front wiring
G8 - To front lights wiring
G9 - To reverse shuttle wiring (cab)
G11 - To power supply wiring
G13 - To worklights wiring (platform version)
PTO ECU - PTO control unit
RL1 - Engine starting relay
40-93
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-93 40-93
6/21/2007 4:37:19 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X53
X55
X52
X51
X50
X49
X46
X48
X45
R
X54
1 23 4
GND3
G7
1 23 4
1 23 4
GND4
G13
X47
G6
X56
1 23 4
PTO ECU
X57
G5
X44
5k
5K
3k
X58
3K
1 23
S
X36
G10
1 23 4
X37
GND8
X59
X60
X61
5
G1
G8
GIALLO
X42
X43
X62
G9
X73
X34
X35
5
X109
1 23 4
X110
1 23 4
X111
G11
G2
G3
X112
X38
FRL1
FM1
RM1
7.5A
15 A
X40
5A
20 A
15 A
F1
15 A
10 A
7.5A
3A
10 A
7.5A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
F16
STOP
+15
F12
X39
RL1
+50
START
F13
15 A
+15
+15
F11-12
F9-10
K7
X41
K1
RL4
RL3
D0037060
RL2
RL2 - Key positive supply relay

RL3 - Worklights supply relay
RL4 - H/L travel control power supply relay
X34 - Windscreen washer pump
X35 - Rear window washer pump
X36 - Operator present sensor
X37 - Pneumatic seat compressor
X38 - Trailer socket
X39 - LH rear PTO switch (on fender)
X40 - LH rear light
X41 - Number plate light
X42 - PTO 540 engagement switch
X43 - PTO 1000 engagement switch
X44 - Handbrake switch
X45 - RH rear light
X46 - RH PTO switch (on fender)
X47 - H/L lever
X48 - Front PTO control switch
X49 - Rear PTO control switch
X50 - Differential lock control switch
X51 - 4WD control switch
X52 - Platform rotating beacon switch
40-94
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-94 40-94
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X53
X55
X52
X51
X50
X49
X46
X48
X45
R
X54
1 23 4
GND3
G7
1 23 4
1 23 4
GND4
G13
X47
G6
X56
1 23 4
PTO ECU
X57
G5
X44
5k
5K
3k
X58
3K
1 23
S
X36
G10
1 23 4
X37
GND8
X59
X60
X61
5
G1
G8
GIALLO
X42
X43
X62
G9
X73
X34
X35
5
X109
1 23 4
X110
1 23 4
X111
G11
G2
G3
X112
X38
FRL1
FM1
RM1
7.5A
15 A
X40
5A
20 A
15 A
F1
15 A
10 A
7.5A
3A
10 A
7.5A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
F16
STOP
+15
F12
X39
RL1
+50
START
F13
15 A
+15
+15
F11-12
F9-10
K7
X41
K1
RL4
RL3
D0037060
RL2
X53 - Cigar lighter

X54 - Starter switch
X55 - Hazard warning lights switch
X56 - Brake pedal pressed switch
X57 - Trailer pressure indicator
X58 - Not utilised
X59 - Not utilised
X60 - Not utilised
X61 - Hazard warning lights control unit
X62 - Diagnostic socket
X73 - Clutch pedal pressed switch
X109 - Lights switch
X110 - Corner lights switch
X111 - Low worklights switch
X112 - Lights selector switch
40-95
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-95 40-95
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
POS.8-9-11-12-13-14 (-31)
G7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-96 40-96
G1
X40
X45
X41
G10
G8
X111
X52
X57
X51
G9
LEFT DIRECTIONS 18
INSTRUMENT
11
10
GND
X60
SEAT
REVERSER
+5 VOLT
(GND8) N 0.5
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND4) N 0.5
5-19
HORN
-31
REAR PTO SW
-31
+15 LIGHT
POSIITON OUT
+15 LIGHTS OUT
10
-31
-31
FB/HB OUT
+30 POS.IN
FB/HB COM
REAR PTO SW
+30 FB
-31 HORN
+30 FB/HB
BEAM LIGHTS
56
56d
56b
DIRECTION COM.
LOW BEAM LIGHTS
31
49a
56a
31b
L RIGHT DIRECTIONS
LEFT DIRECTIONS
-31
-31
F.PTO.COMAND
-31
+LIGHT
+LIGHT
-31
R.PTO.COMAND
3
2
D+ GENERATORE
-31
REAR PTO EV
REAR PTO LED

FRONT PTO LED
12
+15
18
11
-31
REAR PTO SW.
13
FRONT PTO EV
FRONT PTO SW.
START CONSENT
1
2
10 INSTRUMENT CLUS.
REVERSER
WHEEL
5-22
13
CAN H
5-3
5-2
CAN RES
CAN L
5-4
5-17
ISO
SEAT
H.D.RELAY
5-18
5-1
REAR PTO
HAND BRAKE
+50
ENGINE TEMPER.
3-22
3-13
FUEL LEVEL
AIR FILTER OBSTRUC.
5-7
3-5
5-20
5-24
5-21
X109
DIG.CLUTCH
GND
SEAT
GND
DIAGNOSTIC
CAN H
GND
CONFORT CLUTCH
N6
(GND3) N 0.5
SERVICE
BRALE OIL LEV.
D+ GENERATOR
RESERVE LIGHT
TRAILER PRESS.
OIL ENGINE PRESSURE
3-7
3-19
3-4
3-20
3-6
HIDR./TRANSM.
3-18
3-12
SYNCRO PTO
FRONT SIDE PTO
5-16
5-9 HIGH BEAM LIGHTS

3-24
X39
CANL
(GND4) N 1.5
-31
N6
N6
+15
N 1 (GND4)
(GND3) N 1
N 1 (GND8)
+58
-31
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND3) N 0.5
(GND3) N 0.5
5-14
X112
+30 REVERSER
Xb
+
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND3) N 0.5
(GND3) N 1
DF
3-17
X48
+15 VOLT
EV DT
Xa
+15
Xb
-
+58
Xa
-31
Xb
-31
(GND4) N 0.5
4 WHEEL DRIVE
5-10
X49
TRAIELR PRESS.IND. G
-31
FLASHER
+58
FLASHER
(GND4) N 0.5
DIRECTIONS
5-11
POSITION LIGHTS
I TRAILER LIGHT
5-12
5-8
+12V(+30)
II TRAILER LIGHT
3-21
-31
PTO 540
+12V(+30)
5-13
3-15
PTO
ECU
X59
+15 LIGHT
-31
+58
15A
15A
15A
+12 VOLT
PTO 1000
3-11
-31
HI-LO LAMP
ECONOMIC PTO
3-9
3-8
3-10
X62
LIGHTS COMAND
LOW LIGHTS
(GND4) N 1
RL4
87
K5
85
-31
N 1 (GND3)
LOW LIGHTS
(GND4) N 1
7.5A
7.5A
15A
15A
12
-31
11
RIGHT DIRECT.
16
LEFT DIRECT.
10
15
14
POSITIONS
13
POSITIONS
15A
3A
10A
7.5A
10A
15A
15A
20A
5A
(GND4) N 1
(GND4) N 1
FEDDBACH H.D.
3-1
5K - 3K
X58
+12V CAB U.KEY
BACK WAT.POUMP
COMPRESSOR
FRONT WAT.POUMP
(GND8) N 1
NC 85
-31
K3
3
PLAT LIGHT
86
PLAT LIGHT
RL3
(GND8) N 1
NO
-31
30
POSITION
NC 85
PLAT LIGHT
86
K1
(GND4) N 1
NO
STOP LIGHT
N 0.5 (GND4)
(GND4) N 1
RH DIRECTION
(GND3) N 1
-31
30
POSITION
LH DIRECTION
LO SW
N 0.5 (GND3)
(GND3) N 1
STOP LIGHT
11
HI SW
CONFORT CLUTCH
-31
12
-31
E.C.U. COMAND
+12V U.KEY
FRONT PTO COM.
+12V BATT.
OIL ENGINE PRESS.
FEDDBACK H.D.
DIRECTIONS COM.
"W"
10
+58
-31
-31
14
FRONT WATER P.
H2O TEMPERAT.
H.D.RELAY
-31
OBSTR.AIR FILTER
SEAT
+50
FLASHER
+50
RL2
PLATFORM W.L.
PLATFORM W.L.
D+ GENERATOR
(GND4) N 1
-31
10
50
-31
13
30
START
BRAKES OIL LEV.
15
+12V BATTERY
+15
+12V U.KEY
2-27 BAR FILTER
-31
E.C.U. COMAND
DIRECTIONS LIGHT
COM.DIRECTIONS
II TRAIL.DIR.LIGHT
HORN
X47
I TRAIL.DIR.LIGHT
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS RH
X55
1
CORNER LIGHTS LT
X34
-31
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS LT
X36
4
G13
4
-31
GND4
-31
PTO 1000
LOW BEAM LIGHTS RH
X54
+12V BATTERY
1
LOW BEAM LIGHTS LT
G11
PTO 540
10
X61
2
(GND4) N 1
X43
1
-31
+30 HORN
X42
REAR WATER P.
CORNER LIGHTS RH
X35
3-14
5-15
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X46
(GND4) N 1
1
2 F RIZIONE
N 1 (GND3)
(GND3) N 0.5
GND
(GND3) N 2.5
(GND3) N 2.5
N 1 (GND3)
RL1
N 1 (GND3)
(GND4) N 0.5
N 0.5 (GND4)
(GND8) N 1.5
2
+15
8
+58
+58
7
COMANDO EV DF EV DF COMAND
-31
GND
-31
2 A CCENDISIGARI
-31
GND3
+58
+58
1
-31
- 31
2
SEDILE
(GND8) N 0.5
2
STOP LIGHTS
3
BRAKE SENSOR
7
+58 LEFT
3
-31
LIGHTER
2
+15 WORK LIGHT
3
LIGHT COMAND
8
+LIGHT
7
-31
CHAIR
-31
HAND BRAKE
30
1
LEFT DIECTIONS
4
RIGHT DIRECTION
5
+58 SINISTRA
6
STOP
X56
(GND3) N 1.5
3
(40A)
86
FRL1
X110
1
(GND8) N 1.5
Marrone/Brown
Verde/Green
X73
-31
4
-31
5
EV DF
START
+ 15
START
GND4- GND3- GND8
GND
X50
N 1 (GND8)
- 31
X53
GND8
GND
X57
+15
X44
1
GEAR START CONSENT
2
SERVICE
Rear PTO
G6
3
WHEEL SIGNAL
4
EV LO
EV DT
+15
G5
RIGHT DIRECTIONS 17
X38
HYDR.TRAILER PRESS.
-31
AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
G2
PTO ECO
PTO Syncro
G3
TRANSM.HYDRAUL
LIGHT
LEVEL
DT LIGHT
Arancio/Orange
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Rosso/Red
Giallo/Yellow
D0037080
Grigio/Gray
40-96
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.14 - Instrument panel wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.160
40-97
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-97 40-97
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.30
POS.
POS.
40-98
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-98 40-98
6/21/2007 4:37:21 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS.
POS.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
40-99
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-99 40-99
6/21/2007 4:37:24 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS.
POS.
19
20
21
22
23
40-100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-100 40-100
6/21/2007 4:37:28 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X18
G5
G6
40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.8630.4/20
X24
-31
-31
EV LO
EV LO
N1
ZN 1
MV 1
OK CAMBIO
FEEDBACK CAMBIO
SERVIZI
SERVICE
PTO POSTER.
Rear PTO
X21
1
-31
-31
PTO POSTER.
Rear PTO
N1
S.U.1
LR 1
GN 1
GN 1
S.U.1
G6
N 1.5
4
-31
-31
EV DF
EV DF
EV PTO POST.
REAR PTO EV
+15
HR 1
SERVICE
SERBIZI
H/L
X23
LR 1
ZN 1
X23
+15
X19
GIRI RUOTE
MB 1.5
MB 1.5
BR 0.5
BR 0.5
+15
WHEEL SIGNAL
N1
1
-31
-31
N1
X19
X20
X21
X22
X20
-31
-31
EV DT
EV DT
X18
X22
AR 1
+15
G5
VEL.RUOTE
WHEEL SIGNAL
EV DT
EV DT
S.U.1
AR 1
X24
S.U.1
MV 1
CONS.MARCIA
GEAR CONSENT
-31
-31
N1
EV DF
EV DF
HR 1
-31
-31
N1
S.U.1

M
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
D0036810
Fig.161 - RH drivetrain wiring

Connectors list
X18 - Start enable switch
X19 - Wheel speed sensor
X20 - 4WD control solenoid valve
X21 - Rear PTO control solenoid valve
X22 - Differential lock control solenoid valve
X23 - Services circuit alarm pressure switch
X24 - H/L travel control solenoid valve
40-101
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-101 40-101
6/21/2007 4:37:30 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wiring connector positions
View of wiring
2
3
F0123230
Fig.162
40-102
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-102 40-102
6/21/2007 4:37:30 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.31
POS.
POS.
40-103
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-103 40-103
6/21/2007 4:37:31 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X10
G3
G2
40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.9193.4/20
E
1 2 3
G14
G12
1 2 3
1 2 3
X15
X14
X11
G14
V1
FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
G12
X13
FREN.RIM.IDR.
S1
HYDR.TRAILER PRESS.
PTO ECO
PTO ECO
-31
-31
PTO Syncro
PTO Syncro
-31
-31
VB 1
N1
X2
X14
X12
X15
GH 1
N1
FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
N1
X11
SPIA DT
DT LIGHT
-31
-31
AR 1
FREN.RIM.IDR.
HYDR.TRAILER PRESS. 2
-31
-31
PTO ECO
PTO ECO
PTO Syncro
PTO Syncro
TRASM.IDRAUL.
TRANSM.HYDRAUL
SPIA DT
DT LIGHT
G2
N1
AN 1
-31
X10
-31
SPIA
LIGHT
LIVELLO
LEVEL
V Verde/Green
A Azzurro/Blue
Z Viola/Violet
B Bianco/White
N Nero/Black
L Blu/Dark Blue
S Rosa/Pink
G Giallo/Yellow
R Rosso/Red
H Grigio/Gray
D0036820
HN 1
SPIA
LIGHT
LIVELLO
LEVEL
G3
X12
IDRAULICA
HYDRAULIC
X13
TRASMISSIONI
TRANSMISSION
AN 1
AN 1
X1
C Arancio/Orange
N1
C1

M Marrone/Brown
Fig.163 - LH drivetrain wiring

Connectors list
G12 - To trailer hydraulic braking wiring
G14 - To trailer air braking wiring
X10 - Fuel level sensor
X11 - 4WD engagement control switch
X12 - Hydraulic oil filter clogging pressure switch
X13 - Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
X14 - ECO PTO engagement switch
X15 - GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch
40-104
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-104 40-104
6/21/2007 4:37:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.164
40-105
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-105 40-105
6/21/2007 4:37:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.32
POS:
POS
40-106
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-106 40-106
6/21/2007 4:37:34 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.19 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.014.9375.4/20
G17
G38
G16
RL30
G10
R6
RL30
R4
G38
G17
5
1
AR 1
4
G10
CN 1
3
LB 1
2
V 1.5
1
G16
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
D0037110
Fig.165 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
G16 - To roof line wiring
RL30 - Roof line supply relay
40-107
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-107 40-107
6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.20 - Power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
Fig.166
40-108
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-108 40-108
6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.33
POS.
POS.
40-109
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-109 40-109
6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.21 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7850.4/50
X65
G18
4
8
X66
X67
G17
G19
5
8
X64
X68
X63
30
85
86
87
RL30
1 2 3 4
2
6 7
4
8
X69
X70
X72
X71
G22
6
5
2
1
4
2
G16
G20
GND9
G21
D0006892
Fig.167 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab (1/2)

Connectors list
G18 - To air conditioner heat exchanger fan wiring
G19 - To worklights wiring
G20 - To windscreen wiper wiring
G21 - To heating/air conditioning wiring
G22 - To air conditioner wiring
X63 - Cab courtesy light
X64 - Rear worklights switch
X65 - Rear window wiper switch
X66 - Windscreen washer pump switch
X67 - Rotating beacon on/off switch
X68 - Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
X69 - Clock
X70 - Windscreen wiper switch
X71 - Front worklights switch
X72 - Radio
40-110
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-110 40-110
6/21/2007 4:37:37 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X71
X64
X67
X70
X65
A-N 1
A-N 1
X69
4 23 1
2
43
3 4
7 8
1 2
5 6
3 4
7 8
H-N 1
A1
H-N 1
C1
A1
N1
R1
A1
AR1
AR1
AN1
A-N 1
G-R 1
V1
V-N 1
R-N 1
M 1.5
N1
M 1.5
R1.5
G-N 1.5
N1
G-N 1.5
G-V 1.5
G1
N1
G1
M-G 1.5
V1
1 2
5 6
X66
H-N 1
M 1.5
G19
N 1.5
N 2.5
G-N 1.5
G 1.5
RN1
GR1
53N
AR1
V1
N 2.5
AN1
G18
V1
N1
V1
N 1.5
N1
G17
X68
T 53S
15 31
A-N 2.5
A-R 1
R4
1
4 3
N1
V1
V-N 1.5
V1
C1
G22
G21
N4
G-R 1
N1
1
4
G20
AN 1
V-N 1
L-B 1

M
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
D0006902
30
X72
GND9
RL30
LB 1
M-G 1.5
A-N 1
A1
G-V 1.5
A1
R4
A-N-2.5
R1
R1.5
R1
N1
R1
R1
1
N1
R1
N1
N4
N1
N 2.5
N 2.5
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
A-N 1
R 2.5
V-N 1.5
G16
85
86
87
X63
M 2.5
R 2.5
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
20 A
30 A
10 A
5 A RADIO
M 2.5
Fig.168 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab (2/2)
40-111
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-111 40-111
6/21/2007 4:37:37 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.22 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
1
10
5
3
4
D0007010
Fig.169
40-112
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-112 40-112
6/21/2007 4:37:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.34
POS.
POS.
40-113
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-113 40-113
6/21/2007 4:37:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
POS.
POS.
10
40-114
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-114 40-114
6/21/2007 4:37:40 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.23 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2147.2
Fig.170 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
X100 - Fan
X101 - Resistor
X102 - Fan speed selector switch
40-115
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-115 40-115
6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.24 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
2
1
D0033520
X102
Fig.171
40-116
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-116 40-116
6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.35
POS.
POS.
40-117
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-117 40-117
6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.25 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2
Fig.172 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
RL53 - Compressor relay
X100 - Fan
X101 - Resistor
X103 - Air conditioner temperature control thermostat
40-118
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-118 40-118
6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.26 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
1
G22
G21
X103
RL53
X102
D0032480
Fig.173
40-119
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-119 40-119
6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.36
POS.
POS.
40-120
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-120 40-120
6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.27 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20
Fig.174 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab
Connectors list
RL55 - Control relay for air conditioning cooler fan
X104 - Air conditioning pressure switch
X105 - Air conditioning cooler fan
X107 - Air conditioner pressure switch
Fig.175
40-121
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-121 40-121
6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.28 - Air conditioner exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard
cab
View of wiring
Fig.176
40-122
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-122 40-122
6/21/2007 4:37:43 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.37
POS.
POS.
40-123
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-123 40-123
6/21/2007 4:37:43 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.29 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7851.4/50
Fig.177 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
G26 - To rotating beacon wiring
X76 - RH front worklight (on cab roof)
X77 - LH front worklight (on cab roof)
X78 - LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
X79 - RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
X108 - Rear window wiper motor
40-124
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-124 40-124
6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.178
40-125
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-125 40-125
6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.30 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard
cab
Wiring views
Fig.179
40-126
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-126 40-126
6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.38
POS.
POS.
40-127
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-127 40-127
6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.31 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.015.1435.4/10
Fig.180 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
G32 - To lower front lights wiring
X132 - RH supplementary worklight
X133 - LH supplementary worklight
40-128
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-128 40-128
6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-129
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-129 40-129
6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.32 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard
cab
Wiring views
Standard cab version
Fig.181
40-130
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-130 40-130
6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.39
POS.
POS.
40-131
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-131 40-131
6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3
Fig.182 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
X81 - Windscreen wiper motor
40-132
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-132 40-132
6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.34 - Windscreen wiper connector positions wiring - Tractor with standard cab
View of wiring
Fig.183
40-133
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-133 40-133
6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.40
POS.
POS.
40-134
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-134 40-134
6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.011.0729.4/10
Fig.184 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab

Connectors list
X90 - Radio
X91 - LH loudspeaker
X92 - RH loudspeaker
40-135
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-135 40-135
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-136
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-136 40-136
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab
Wiring views
Fig.185
40-137
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-137 40-137
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.41
POS.
POS.
40-138
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-138 40-138
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.37 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.014.9376.4/10
G17
G38
G16
RL30
G10
R6
RL30
R4
G38
G17
5
1
AR 1
4
G10
CN 1
3
LB 1
2
V 1.5
1
G16
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
D0037120
Fig.186 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
40-139
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-139 40-139
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.38 - Cab power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.187
40-140
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-140 40-140
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.42
POS.
POS.
40-141
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-141 40-141
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.39 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3606.4/50
G19
X63
G21
G25
X66
GND7
X68
X67
G20
X65
G17
X70
G16
X64
X71
5A
10A
30A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
7.5A
10A
G23
RADIO
FREON
G24
RL30
D0006852
F130
Fig.188 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2)

Connectors list
F130 - Roof line power fuse
G19 - To worklights wiring
G20 - To windscreen wiper wiring
G21 - To air conditioner wiring
G23 - To loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring
G24 - To air conditioner heat exchanger fan wiring
G25 - To heating/air conditioner wiring
X63 - Cab courtesy light
X64 - Rear worklights switch
X65 - Rear window wiper switch
40-142
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-142 40-142
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
G19
X63
G21
G25
X66
GND7
X68
X67
G20
X65
G17
X70
G16
X64
X71
5A
10A
30A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
7.5A
10A
G23
RADIO
FREON
G24
RL30
D0006852
F130
X66 - Windscreen washer pump switch

X67 - Rotating beacon on/off switch
X68 - Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
X70 - Windscreen wiper switch
X71 - Front worklights switch
40-143
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-143 40-143
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-144
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-144 40-144
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.40 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.190
40-145
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-145 40-145
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.43
POS.
POS.
2
G17
GND7
X64
RL30
X66
X65
X67
X71
X70
G16
F0026772
F0026782
4
G25
G21
X68
X130
G19
F0026792
F0026802
G23
X63
G24
F0026822
F0026812
G20
F0026833
40-146
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-146 40-146
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.41 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2554.2
Fig.191 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
G34 - Wiring connector
RL50 - 3rd fan speed relay
RL51 - Max. fan speed relay
X93 - LH resistor
X96 - RH resistor
X98 - LH fan
X99 - RH fan
40-147
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-147 40-147
6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.192 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-148
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-148 40-148
6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.42 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.193
40-149
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-149 40-149
6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.44
POS.
POS.
40-150
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-150 40-150
6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.43 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2560.0
Fig.194 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2)

Connectors list
RL50 - 3rd fan speed relay
RL51 - Max. fan speed relay
RL52 - Compressor and A/C 1st speed start relay
X93 - LH resistor
X94 - A/C switch
X96 - RH resistor
X97 - Air conditioning temperature thermostat
X98 - LH fan
X99 - RH fan
40-151
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-151 40-151
6/21/2007 4:37:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.195 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-152
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-152 40-152
6/21/2007 4:37:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.44 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.196
40-153
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-153 40-153
6/21/2007 4:37:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.45
POS.
POS.
40-154
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-154 40-154
6/21/2007 4:37:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.45 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab 0.011.3610.3/20
Fig.197 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2)

RL54 - Control relay for supplementary air conditioning cooler fan
RL55 - Control relay for air conditioning cooler fan
X104 - Air conditioning pressure switch
X105 - Air conditioning cooler fan
X106 - Supplementary air conditioning cooler fan
Fig.198 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-155
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-155 40-155
6/21/2007 4:37:55 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.46 - Air conditioning exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with highvisibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.199
40-156
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-156 40-156
6/21/2007 4:37:56 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.46
POS.
POS.
40-157
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-157 40-157
6/21/2007 4:37:56 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.47 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3595.3/10
G39
G40
G19
GND7
G41
GN 1.5
G40
N 1.5
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
G42
GN 1.5
G19
4
N 1.5
G41
G 1.5
G39
N 1.5
GND7
G 1.5
G42
N 1.5
D0036850
Fig.200 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
G39 - To supplementary worklights wiring
40-158
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-158 40-158
6/21/2007 4:37:57 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.48 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
Wiring views
Fig.201
40-159
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-159 40-159
6/21/2007 4:37:57 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.47
POS.
POS.
40-160
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-160 40-160
6/21/2007 4:37:58 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.49 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab 0.015.1437.4/10
G32
G33
X132
X133
30

M
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
D0036790
V 1.5
G32
G33
M 1.5
X132
X133
Fig.202 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
X132 - RH supplementary worklight
X133 - LH supplementary worklight
40-161
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-161 40-161
6/21/2007 4:37:58 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.50 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with highvisibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.203
40-162
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-162 40-162
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-163
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-163 40-163
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.204
40-164
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-164 40-164
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.48
POS.
POS.
40-165
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-165 40-165
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.51 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3
Fig.205 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab

Connectors list
X81 - Windscreen wiper motor
40-166
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-166 40-166
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.52 - Windscreen wiper wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.206
40-167
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-167 40-167
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.49
POS.
POS.
40-168
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-168 40-168
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with
high-visibility cab - 0.011.3596.3/40
Fig.207 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab
Connectors list
G26 - To rotating beacon wiring
X84 - RH loudspeaker
X85 - Rear window wiper motor
X86 - LH loudspeaker
X87 - Radio
X88 - Radio
X89 - Clock
40-169
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-169 40-169
6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-170
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-170 40-170
6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.54 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring connector
positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab
View of wiring
Fig.208
40-171
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-171 40-171
6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.50
POS.
POS.
40-172
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-172 40-172
6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.55 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab - 0.010.8189.3/40
D0036840
G28
G29
G8
G30
G31
Fig.209 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab

Connectors list
G8 - To central wiring
40-173
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-173 40-173
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.56 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab
Wiring views
Fig.210
40-174
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-174 40-174
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with high visibility cab
Fig.211
40-175
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-175 40-175
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.51
POS.
POS.
40-176
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-176 40-176
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.57 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab - 0441.1923.4
Fig.212 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab

Connectors list
X74 - Front RH sidelight and direction indicator
X75 - Front LH sidelight and direction indicator
40-177
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-177 40-177
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.58 - Lower front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab
Wiring views
Fig.213
40-178
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-178 40-178
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with high visibility cab

Tab.52
POS.
POS.
G32-G33
X74-X75
F0113060
40-179
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-179 40-179
6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.59 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform - 0.015.3094.4
G8
4
5
AN 1.5
N1
G1
X126
AN 1.5
GN 1
N1
A 1.5
G8
N1
G1
N1
GN 1
X127
A 1.5
X126
X127
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
D0037160
Fig.214 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform

Connectors list
X126 - Front LH sidelight and direction indicator
X127 - Front RH sidelight and direction indicator
40-180
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-180 40-180
6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-181
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-181 40-181
6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.60 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform
Wiring views
Fig.215
40-182
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-182 40-182
6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.53
POS.
POS.
40-183
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-183 40-183
6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.61 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform - 0.014.9281.4
X123
X124
G13
X125
CV 1.5
N 1.5
N 1.5
X123
S.U.1

N 1.5
G13
N 1.5
CV 1.5
GV 1.5
X124
CV 1.5
GV1.5
N 1.5
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
X125
CV 1.5
D0037170
Fig.216 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform

Connectors list
X123 - Worklight
X124 - Rotating beacon
X125 - Worklight
40-184
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-184 40-184
6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-185
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-185 40-185
6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.62 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform
Wiring views
Fig.217
40-186
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-186 40-186
6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.54
POS.
POS.
40-187
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-187 40-187
6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.63 - Rotating beacon wiring - 0.012.9909.4
Fig.218 - Rotating beacon wiring

Connectors list
G26 - To worklights wiring/To loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring
X80 - Rotating beacon
40-188
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-188 40-188
6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.64 - Position of rotary beacon wiring connectors
View of wiring
Fig.219
40-189
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-189 40-189
6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.55
POS.
POS.
40-190
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-190 40-190
6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10
X16
X16
G12
G12

M
Marrone/Brown
Arancio/Orange
Verde/Green
Azzurro/Blue
Viola/Violet
Bianco/White
Nero/Black
Blu/Dark Blue
Rosa/Pink
Giallo/Yellow
Rosso/Red
Grigio/Gray
D0036830
Fig.220 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring

Connectors list
X16 - Trailer braking low pressure switch
40-191
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-191 40-191
6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring connector positions
View of wiring
Fig.221
40-192
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-192 40-192
6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions
Tab.56
POS.
POS.
40-193
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-193 40-193
6/21/2007 4:38:07 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-194
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-194 40-194
6/21/2007 4:38:07 AM

AGROFARM 85 100 Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AGROFARM 85 100 Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WORKSHOP MANUAL

20 - CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8III III

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VII VII

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VIII VIII

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-1 0-1

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-2 0-2

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-3 0-3

When topping up lubricants, always wear suitable protective gloves.

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-4 0-4

Never work on components suspended from a hoist or crane.

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-5 0-5

Precautions for removal operations

Use containers of sufficient capacity when draining oil, coolant or fuel.

Precautions for refitting operations

Tighten nuts and screws to the specified tightening torques.

Ensure that circlips are correctly installed in their seatings.

Coat all moving parts with a thin film of engine oil.

Precautions to be taken on completion of removal/refitting operations

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-6 0-6

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-7 0-7

Wire ropes - slings

POLYESTER SLINGS (eye-and-eye - simple loop)

Lifting capacities are calculated with a safety coefficient.

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-8 0-8

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-9 0-9

Straight end fittings

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-10 0-10

Threaded plugs with hex socket head

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-11 0-11

Fittings with seal at 37

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-12 0-12

Fittings for pipes with banjo union

Unions for three-way fittings

Unions for four-way fittings

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-13 0-13

Loctite 242 Colour: fluorescent blue

Loctite 243 Colour: opaque fluorescent blue

SEALANTS (for faces Loctite 510 Colour: red

Loctite 542 Colour: Brown

Loctite 554 Colour: red

Loctite 572 Colour: White

Loctite 573 Colour: green

Loctite 576 Colour: brown

Loctite 401 Colour: colourless

Loctite 495 Colour: colourless

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-14 0-14

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-15 0-15

Conversion from metric to British units

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-16 0-16

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-17 0-17

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-18 0-18

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-1 10-1

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-2 10-2

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-3 10-3

Fig.4 - Clutch housing

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-4 10-4

Fig.5 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly

307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-5 10-5

Fig.6 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

High-Low range synchronizer